Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
0 - INTRODUCTION
0.1 - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 0-2
0.1.1 - Safety notes 0-3
0.1.2 - General safety rules 0-4
0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations 0-6
0.1.4 - Lifting instructions 0-8
0.1.5 - Tightening torques 0-10
0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants 0-14
0.1.7 - Conversion factors 0-16
10 - TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
10.1 - Engine 10-2
10.1.1 - Technical data (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-2
10.1.2 - Engine 2012 components (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-7
10.2 - Transmission 10-12
10.2.1 - Transmission (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-12
10.2.2 - Rear PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-25
10.2.3 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-29
10.3 - Front axle 10-34
10.3.1 - Front axle (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-34
10.4 - Hydraulic system 10-39
10.4.1 - Hydraulic system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-39
10.4.2 - Steering circuit pump - lift circuit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-53
10.4.3 - Power steering valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-55
10.4.4 - Remote control valve - 6-way version (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-56
10.4.5 - Hydraulic lift control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-57
10.4.6 - Braking system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-65
10.4.7 - Trailer braking valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-67
10.4.8 - Park Brake system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-71
10.4.9 - Park Brake valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-76
10.4.10 - Services solenoid valves assembly - Pressure holding valves (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 10-77
10.4.11 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-80
30 - METHOD OF INTERVENTION
30.1 - B0 - Engine 30-2
30.1.1 - Engine - Separation from the transmission (B0.00.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-2
30.1.2 - Engine (B0.00.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-9
II
30.1.3 - Air conditioning compressor drive belt (B0.02.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-17
30.1.4 - Tension adjustment of the fan and air conditioning compressor drive belt (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 30-18
30.1.5 - Alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-19
30.1.6 - Tension adjustment of the alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 30-20
30.1.7 - Checking the compression pressure (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-21
30.1.8 - Removing and installing the crankcase bleeding (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-24
30.1.9 - Installing and removing turning gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-26
30.1.10 - Removing and installing the flywheel (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-28
30.1.11 - Checking piston overhang (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-30
30.1.12 - Checking and setting the valve clearance (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-33
30.1.13 - Removing and installing the rocker arm and rocker arm bracket (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 30-37
30.1.14 - Disassembling, assembling and checking the rocker arm and rocker arm bracket
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-41
30.1.15 - Removing and installing the cylinder head (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-45
30.1.16 - Removing and installing the air bearing (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-53
30.1.17 - Removing and installing the fuel injectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-56
30.1.18 - Removing and installing the engine shutdown (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-60
30.1.19 - Removing and installing the coolant pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-63
30.1.20 - Checking the coolant thermostat (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-66
30.1.21 - Removing and installing the V-belt pulley (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-68
30.1.22 - Removing and installing the charge air line (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-71
30.1.23 - Removing and installing the exhaust line (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-75
30.1.24 - Removing and installing the turbocharger (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-78
30.2 - C0 - Engine accessories 30-83
30.2.1 - Radiator (C0.01.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-83
30.2.2 - Air cleaner (C0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-88
30.2.3 - Intercooler (C0.02.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-89
30.2.4 - Fuel tank (C0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-91
30.2.5 - Fuel cooler (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-94
30.2.6 - Starter motor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-96
30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tractor with cab (C0.06.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-98
30.2.8 - Silencer (C0.06.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-99
30.2.9 - Remove and install fuel filter console (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-100
30.2.10 - Removing and installing the fuel supply pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-103
30.2.11 - Remove and install the heating flange (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-106
30.2.12 - Removing and installing the thermostat (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-108
30.2.13 - Removing and installing temperature transmitter (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-110
30.2.14 - Removing and installing the generator (operating side) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-112
30.2.15 - Removing and installing the oil pressure switch (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-117
30.3 - D0 - Transmission 30-119
30.3.1 - Changing the transmission oil (D0.00.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-119
30.3.2 - Range selector assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-121
30.3.3 - Disassembly of the range selector (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-122
III
30.3.4 - Separation of housing from transmission (D0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-124
30.3.5 - Shuttle assembly - complete unit (D0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-129
30.3.6 - Disassembly of the shuttle unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-132
30.3.7 - Disassembly of the cover unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-136
30.3.8 - Disassembly of the forward drive clutch assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-138
30.3.9 - Disassembly of the reverse drive clutch assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-143
30.3.10 - Gearbox and Hi-Lo assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-150
30.3.11 - Disassembly of the Hi-Lo unit (D0.04.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-153
30.3.12 - Disassembly of the planet carrier (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-160
30.3.13 - Disassembly of the Hi range clutch housing (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-162
30.3.14 - Hi-Lo unit output shaft disassembly procedure (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-174
30.3.15 - Disassembly of the gearbox input shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-176
30.3.16 - Torsional spring plate (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-179
30.3.17 - Disassembly of the primary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-180
30.3.18 - Secondary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-182
30.3.19 - Disassembly of the secondary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-187
30.3.20 - Range gearbox and differential assembly - complete assembly (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 30-192
30.3.21 - Complete gearbox assembly - Version with Hi-Lo (D0.09.04) (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 30-193
30.3.22 - Adjustment of the differential - Bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-195
30.3.23 - Disassembly of the rear pinion (D0.11.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-206
30.3.24 - Disassembly of the 4WD output shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-211
30.3.25 - PTO clutch. (D0.12.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-214
30.3.26 - Disassembly of the PTO clutch (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-219
30.3.27 - Pump drive PTO - Outer gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-225
30.3.28 - Pump drive PTO - Inner gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-228
30.3.29 - PTO output shaft - 4 speed version (D0.14.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-231
30.3.30 - Disassembly of the PTO output shaft - 4 speed version (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-235
30.3.31 - Disassembly of the Groundspeed PTO output shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-240
30.3.32 - Disassembly of the Groundspeed PTO engagement device (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
30-243
30.3.33 - Disassembly of the 4WD engagement device - Easyshift (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-244
30.4 - E0 - Rear axle 30-248
30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle (E0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-248
30.4.2 - Disassembly of LH/RH rear axle (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-251
30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle (E0.02.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-257
30.4.4 - Disassembly of the planet carrier (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-258
30.4.5 - Rear differential (E0.02.07) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-260
30.4.6 - Disassembly of the rear differential (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-264
30.4.7 - Park Brake assembly (E0.03.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-267
30.4.8 - Park Brake unit disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-270
30.5 - F0 - Front axle 30-274
30.5.1 - Separation of front support from engine (F0.01.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-274
30.5.2 - Front support (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-278
30.5.3 - 4WD front axle (F0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-282
IV
30.5.4 - Adjusting the front axle end float (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-284
30.5.5 - Steering cylinders (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-287
30.5.6 - Steering cylinders disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-289
30.5.7 - Steering knuckle housing and half-shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-293
30.5.8 - Adjustment of steering knuckle housing and axle shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-301
30.5.9 - Differential unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-304
30.5.10 - Differential disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-306
30.5.11 - Differential unit adjustment (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-309
30.5.12 - Bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-313
30.5.13 - Adjustment of the bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-318
30.5.14 - Disassembly of the differential (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-328
30.5.15 - 4WD shaft (F0.04.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-331
30.5.16 - Planetary reduction gear (F0.06.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-334
30.5.17 - Disassembly of the planetary reduction gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-336
30.5.18 - Front brake discs (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-342
30.5.19 - Front axle brake piston (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-343
30.6 - G0 - Bodywork - Cab - Platform 30-344
30.6.1 - Cab (G0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-344
30.6.2 - Front hood and side panels (G0.01.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-352
30.6.3 - Battery support (G0.01.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-354
30.6.4 - Cab access steps (G0.03.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-356
30.6.5 - Fenders (G0.04.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-357
30.6.6 - Right-hand console (G0.06.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-358
30.6.7 - Left-hand console (G0.06.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-360
30.6.8 - Front instrument panel (G0.06.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-362
30.6.9 - Roof lining - Version with high visibility cab (G0.06.07) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-366
30.6.10 - Heating fan - Version with high visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-368
30.6.11 - Air conditioning system controls - High-visibility roof system (G0.09.01) (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 30-370
30.6.12 - Air conditioning system - Standard roof version (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-373
30.6.13 - Heating and air conditioning unit - Version with high visibility cab (G0.09.03)
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-376
30.6.14 - Heating control cable (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-378
30.6.15 - Condenser - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-380
30.6.16 - Receiver drier - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-382
30.6.17 - Conditioner evaporator - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-383
30.6.18 - Air-conditioning evaporator - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
30-384
30.6.19 - Heating valve - Version with high visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-385
30.6.20 - Heater matrix - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-386
30.6.21 - Heating radiator - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-387
30.6.22 - Heating and air conditioning unit fan - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 30-389
30.6.23 - Expansion valve - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-391
30.6.24 - Expansion valve - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-393
30.6.25 - Antifreeze sensor - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-394
30.6.26 - Condenser cooling fans - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-396
30.6.27 - Condenser fan control pressure switch - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 30-397
30.6.28 - Air conditioning temperature control thermostat - Version with standard roof
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-398
30.6.29 - Remote valve control cables (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-399
30.6.30 - Adjustment of the control levers (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-400
30.7 - H0 - Hydraulic system 30-405
30.7.1 - Pump for hydraulic lift and auxiliary services (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-405
30.7.2 - Power steering valve (H0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-407
30.7.3 - Power steering disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-409
30.7.4 - Pressure relief valve setting (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-424
30.7.5 - Power steering pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-425
30.7.6 - Gearbox oil cooler (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-427
30.7.7 - Rear remote control valve (H0.07.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-429
30.7.8 - Bleeding the braking circuit (E0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-432
30.7.9 - Parking brake control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-434
30.7.10 - Braking distributor valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-436
30.7.11 - Services solenoid valve assembly (H0.10.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-438
30.7.12 - Pressure reduction and holding valve disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-441
30.7.13 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-443
30.8 - L0 - Electrical system 30-445
30.8.1 - Lateral battery (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-445
30.8.2 - Alternator (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-447
30.8.3 - Clutch pedal potentiometer (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-449
30.8.4 - Shuttle output speed sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-451
30.8.5 - Accelerator pedal position sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-453
30.8.6 - Hand throttle position sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-454
30.8.7 - Steering column switch (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-455
30.8.8 - Shuttle ECU and forward/reverse selector (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-456
30.9 - M0 - Front PTO 30-457
30.9.1 - Front PTO (M0.00.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-457
30.9.2 - PTO assembly. (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-461
30.9.3 - Pump assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-472
30.9.4 - Clutch-brake assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-474
30.9.5 - Front PTO oil cooler (M0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-481
30.9.6 - Solenoid valve assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-482
30.10 - N0 - Front lift 30-483
30.10.1 - Front lift (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-483
30.10.2 - Disassembly of front lift cylinders (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-486
30.11 - R0 - Rear lift 30-490
30.11.1 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-490
30.11.2 - Disassembly of the lift- complete assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-494
30.11.3 - Lift cylinder (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-499
30.11.4 - Bushes (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-501
VI
40 - WIRING DIAGRAMS
40.1 - Introduction 40-2
40.1.1 - Structure of the unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-2
40.1.2 - Wiring index (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-8
40.1.3 - Components index (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-9
40.2 - Systems 40-23
40.2.1 - Earthing points (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-23
40.2.2 - Starting and preheating (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-27
40.2.3 - Electronic engine control (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-29
40.2.4 - Diagnostics - Accessories - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-31
40.2.5 - Diagnostics - Accessories - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-33
40.2.6 - Instrument panel (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-35
40.2.7 - Worklights - Version with standard cab without front lift (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-37
40.2.8 - Worklights - Version with standard cab with front lift (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-39
40.2.9 - Worklights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-41
40.2.10 - Worklights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-43
40.2.11 - Heater - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-45
40.2.12 - Heater - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-47
40.2.13 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-49
40.2.14 - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-51
40.2.15 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-54
40.2.16 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-56
40.2.17 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-58
40.2.18 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-60
40.2.19 - Transmission (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-62
40.2.20 - PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-65
40.2.21 - Can Bus (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-67
40.2.22 - Brakes (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-69
40.3 - Wiring harnesses 40-71
40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0.014.8806.4/20 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-71
40.3.2 - Positions of battery wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-72
40.3.3 - Power supply wiring - 0.015.1983.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-77
VII
40.3.4 - Positions of power supply wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-78
40.3.5 - Preheating wiring - 0.014.9195.4/20 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-80
40.3.6 - Positions of pre-heating wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-81
40.3.7 - Hood lights wiring - 0.014.8107.4/30 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-85
40.3.8 - Positions of hood lights wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-86
40.3.9 - Engine wiring - Version with front battery - 0.016.2000.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-88
40.3.10 - Positions of engine wiring connectors - version with front battery (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-90
40.3.11 - Engine wiring - Version with lateral battery - 0.016.2001.4 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-94
40.3.12 - Positions of engine wiring connectors - version with lateral battery (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-96
40.3.13 - Engine wiring - 04215653 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-100
40.3.14 - Positions of engine wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-101
40.3.15 - Front PTO solenoid valve wiring - 0.008.0913.3 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-103
40.3.16 - Central wiring - 0.015.7021.4/60 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-104
40.3.17 - Positions of central wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-109
40.3.18 - Drivetrain wiring - 0.015.7023.4/20 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-116
40.3.19 - Positions of drivetrain wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-118
40.3.20 - Drivetrain shuttle wiring - 0.015.1998.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-122
40.3.21 - Positions of drivetrain shuttle lever wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-123
40.3.22 - Cab shuttle wiring - 0.015.1418.4/30 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-125
40.3.23 - Positions of cab shuttle lever wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-127
40.3.24 - Cab power supply wiring - 0.016.0373.4/20 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-129
40.3.25 - Positions of cab power supply wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-130
40.3.26 - Cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.016.0865.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-132
40.3.27 - Positions of cab roof wiring connectors - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001) 40-135
40.3.28 - Cab roof wiring - Version with high-visibility cab - 0.015.6272.4/40 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-137
40.3.29 - Positions of cab roof wiring connectors - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-140
40.3.30 - Heater wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.010.2147.2 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-144
40.3.31 - Positions of heating system wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-145
40.3.32 - Air conditioning wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.010.2153.2 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-146
40.3.33 - Positions of air conditioner wiring connectors - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-147
40.3.34 - Air conditioning condenser fan wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.009.7853.3/20
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-148
40.3.35 - Positions of air conditioning condenser fan wiring connectors - Version with standard
cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-149
40.3.36 - Air conditioning condenser fan wiring - Version with high-visibility cab - 0.015.7266.4/30
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-150
VIII
40.3.37 - Positions of air conditioning condenser fan wiring connectors - Version with high-
visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-151
40.3.38 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.016.0866.4/10
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-153
40.3.39 - Positions of front/rear worklight wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-155
40.3.40 - Front lights wiring - Version with cab - 0.016.0664.4 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-156
40.3.41 - Positions of front light wiring connectors - Version with cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-157
40.3.42 - Lower front lights wiring - Version with cab - 044119234 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-159
40.3.43 - Positions of lower front light wiring connectors - Version with cab (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-160
40.3.44 - Auxiliary worklights wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.015.1435.4/20 (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-162
40.3.45 - Positions of auxiliary worklight wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-163
40.3.46 - Auxiliary worklights wiring - Version with high-visibility cab - 0.014.3927.4/40
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-164
40.3.47 - Positions of auxiliary worklight wiring connectors - Version with high-visibility cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-165
40.3.48 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.010.4516.3 (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001) 40-167
40.3.49 - Positions of windscreen wiper wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-168
40.3.50 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Version with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3597.3 (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-169
40.3.51 - Positions of windscreen wiper wiring connectors - Version with high-visibility cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-170
40.3.52 - Rear wiper wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.015.6123.4 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-172
40.3.53 - Positions of rear wiper wiring connectors - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001) 40-173
40.3.54 - Rotating beacon wiring - 0.013.6327.4 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-174
40.3.55 - Positions of rotating beacon wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-175
40.3.56 - Hydraulic trailer braking valve wiring - 0.016.1001.4/20 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-177
40.3.57 - Positions of hydraulic trailer braking valve wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-178
40.3.58 - Compressed air pressure sensor wiring - 0.014.1645.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-179
40.3.59 - Positions of compressed air pressure sensor wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-180
IX
0-2
0-3
DANGER
Always disconnect the negative lead (--) before the positive lead (+); when re-connecting the battery on completion
of the work, first connect the positive terminal (+) and then the negative (--).
● Before carrying out any arc welding (permitted only on implements attached to the machine) always disconnect the battery
terminals and unplug all the connectors of the electronic control units and the alternator.
● When topping up lubricants, always wear suitable protective gloves.
● Do not wear clothing contaminated by engine or hydraulic oil; prolonged contact with the skin can be harmful and may cause
allergic reactions.
0-4
● Used engine oil and hydraulic oil must be disposed of properly; recover used lubricants and dispose of them in accordance
with the applicable regulations.
● Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic or pneumatic systems, discharge all residual pressure from the circuits.
● Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic system or engine, allow the oil and engine coolant to cool down.
● When removing and refitting certain assemblies, it will be necessary to support the tractor; use stands, jacks or blocks capable
of supporting the weight and arrange them in a triangular pattern to prevent the machine from overturning.
● To lift heavy components, use a hoist or crane. Check that wire ropes, chains or fibre slings are not worn and that hooks are
not damaged.
● Always use lifting equipment of suitable capacity for the weight of the components to be removed. Ensure lifting equipment is
attached correctly.
● When lifting or supporting an assembly or component, manoeuvre the parts slowly and carefully to avoid swinging movements
or collision with other components.
● Never work on components suspended from a hoist or crane.
● When removing the retaining bolts of a component that could fall, always leave two opposing bolts in place for safety; before
removing these last two bolts, attach the component to suitable lifting equipment or position support blocks.
● Any oil or fuel spilled during removal or dismantling operations should be cleaned up as soon as possible to prevent the risk
of slipping and fire.
● When refitting electrical wiring looms and wires, ensure that they are properly secured with their original retaining straps or
brackets to prevent the possibility of damage caused by vibration.
● Never insert your fingers or hands to check the alignment between fixing holes in components; always use a suitable dowel
of soft material.
● When refitting assemblies or components, always use the specified tightening torques; the tightening torques indicated in the
paragraphs regarding assembly/refitting operations have been determined through experimentation and must be scrupulously
adhered to.
● When refitting parts that are subject to vibration or that rotate at high speed, take particular care when carrying out final
installation checks.
0-5
0-6
● After having removed a variable displacement pump, connect the drain pipe and fill the pump casing with oil through the filler
hole provided.
● Grease stub axle housings, cylinder pivot mountings and drive shafts thoroughly after assembly.
0-7
Components weighing over 25 kg or of significant size must be supported and removed using suitable lifting equipment
with wire rope or polyester slings.
● The lifting hook should be attached to the central part of the rope or sling; if the hook is attached near the ends of the rope/
sling, this could cause the load to slip during lifting.
● Never lift a heavy load using a single rope; always use two or more symmetrically arranged ropes.
DANGER
Suspension of a load from a single rope could cause the load to start rotating and consequently cause the rope
strands to untwist or the load to slip; this could lead to serious injury.
● Never lift a heavy load when the two legs of the ropes form a wide angle. the permitted load (kg) decreases in inverse
proportion to the angle of suspension; the table below indicates how the permitted load varies according to the angle of
suspension for two Ø 10 mm ropes each with a load capacity of 1000 kg.
0-8
2000
1900
Capacità di carico: kg 1700
2000
1400
1000
1000
500
Fig.1
0-9
The tightening torques for certain specific components and special tightening methods are indicated in the relative
assembly paragraphs.
The tightening torques indicated below refer to screws and nuts assembled without lubrication and, where applicable, with anaerobic
threadlocking compound. the values apply to tightening on steel or cast iron components; for soft materials such as aluminium,
copper, plastic, sheet metal or panels, the indicated tightening torques must be reduced by 50%.
Tab.2
BOLT SIZE BOLT CLASS
8.8 10.9 12.9
Nm lb.ft. Nm lb.ft. Nm lb.ft.
M6x1 8.0 – 8.8 5.9 – 6.5 11.8 – 13.0 8.7 – 9.6 13.8 – 15.2 10.2 – 11.2
M8x1.25 19.4 – 21.4 14.3 – 15.8 28.5 – 31.5 21.0 – 23.2 33.3 – 36.9 24.5 – 27.2
M10x1.5 38.4 – 42.4 28.3 – 31.2 56.4 – 62.4 41.6 – 46.0 67.4 – 74.4 49.7 – 54.8
M12x1.75 66.5 – 73.5 49.0 – 54.2 96.9 – 107 71.4 – 78.9 115 – 128 84.8 – 94.3
M14x2 106 – 117 78.1 – 86.2 156 – 172 115.0 – 126.8 184 – 204 135.6 – 150.3
M16x2 164 – 182 120.9 – 134.1 241 – 267 117.6 – 196.8 282 – 312 207.8 – 229.9
M18x2.5 228 – 252 168.0 – 185.7 334 – 370 246.2 – 272.7 391 – 432 288.2 – 318.4
M20x2.5 321 – 355 236.6 – 261.6 472 – 522 347.9 – 384.7 553 – 611 407.6 – 450.3
M22x2.5 441 – 487 325.0 – 358.9 647 – 715 476.8 – 527.0 751 – 830 553.5 – 611.7
M24x3 553 – 611 407.6 – 450.3 812 – 898 598.4 – 661.8 950 – 1050 700.2 – 773.9
M27x3 816 – 902 601.4 – 664.8 1198 – 1324 882.9 – 975.8 1419 – 1569 1045.8 – 1156.4
FINE M8x1 20.8 – 23.0 15.3 – 17.0 30.6 – 33.8 22.6 – 24.9 35.8 – 39.6 26.4 – 29.2
M10x1.25 40.6 – 44.8 29.9 – 33.0 59.7 – 65.9 44.0 – 48.6 71.2 – 78.6 52.5 – 57.9
M12x1.25 72.2 – 79.8 53.2 – 58.8 106 – 118 78.1 – 87.0 126 – 140 92.9 – 103.2
M12x1.5 69.4 – 76.7 51.1 – 56.5 102 – 112 75.2 – 82.5 121 – 134 89.2 – 98.8
M14x1.5 114 – 126 84.0 – 92.9 168 – 186 123.8 – 137.1 199 – 220 146.7 – 162.1
M16x1.5 175 – 194 129 – 143 257 – 285 189.4 – 210.0 301 – 333 221.8 – 245.4
M18x1.5 256 – 282 188.7 – 207.8 375 – 415 276.4 – 305.9 439 – 485 323.5 – 357.4
M20x1.5 355 – 393 261.6 – 289.6 523 – 578 385.5 – 426.0 611 – 676 450.3 – 498.2
M22x1.5 482 – 532 355.2 – 392.1 708 – 782 521.8 – 576.3 821 – 908 605.1 – 669.2
M24x2 602 – 666 443.7 – 490.8 884 – 978 651.5 – 720.8 1035 – 1143 762.8 – 842.4
Fittings
The tightening torques indicated below refer to fittings assembled on any material.
Tab.3
MET- Straight end fittings T” end fittings L” end fittings 90° end fittings
RIC
0-10
Thread size Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm
±10% ±10% ±10% ±10%
M10x1.25 17 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
19 14 17 14 17 14
M12x1.25 19 30 17 30 17 30 17 30
M14x1.5 19 40 19 40 19 40 19 40
M16x1.5 22 48 22 48 22 48 22 48
M18x1.5 24 58 24 58 24 58 24 58
M20x1.5 27 65 27 65 27 65 27 65
M22x1.5 30 73 30 73 30 73 30 73
M26x1.5 36 95 36 95 36 95 36 95
M27x2 36 100 36 100 36 100 36 100
M33x2 41 160 41 160 41 160 41 160
M42x2 50 250 50 250 50 250 50 250
M48x2 60 305 60 305 60 305 60 305
G 1/8” 17 13 14 13 14 13 14 13
19 13
G 1/4” 19 37 19 37 19 37 19 37
22 37
G 3/8” 24 53 24 53 24 53 24 53
G 1/2” 27 73 27 73 27 73 27 73
30 73
G 3/4” 36 100 36 100 36 100 36 100
G 1” 41 160 41 160 41 160 41 160
46 160
G 1 1/4” 50 250 50 250 50 250 50 250
G 1 1/2” 60 305 60 305 60 305 60 305
Plugs
Tab.4
Hex plugs Threaded plugs with hex socket head
0-11
MET- M6x1 10 10 – –
RIC M8x1 13 12 – –
M10x1 13 14 5 14
M10x1.25 13 14 – –
M10x1.5 13 14 – –
M12x1.25 17 30 – –
M12x1.5 17 30 6 30
M12x1.75 17 30 – –
M14x1.5 19 40 6 40
M14x2 19 40 – –
M16x1.5 22 48 8 48
M16x2 22 48 – –
M18x1.5 17 58 10 58
M18x2.5 17 58 – –
M20x1.5 19 65 – –
M22x1.5 – – 12 73
M24x1.5 22 80 12 80
M24x2 22 80 – –
M27x2 22 100 – –
M28x1.5 – – 17 110
M30x1.5 22 130 – –
M32x1.5 – – 19 150
M35x1.5 – – 22 180
M40x1.5 – – 24 225
G 1/8” 14 13 – –
G 1/4” 19 37 – –
G 3/8” 22 53 – –
G 1/2” 19 73 – –
G 5/8” 22 85 – –
G 3/4” 22 100 – –
G 1” 22 160 – –
0-12
1 3/16” - 12 36 138
1 5/16” - 12 38 155
1 5/8” - 12 50 215
1 7/8” - 12 60 290
2 1/2” - 12 75 345
0-13
0-14
SEALANTS SILI- Silastic 738 (Dow Corning) Colour: milky white One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, non dhrinking, ready for use.
CONE Cures on exposure to air to form a rubbery solid and obviates the need
for conventional seals on flexible joints, filling gaps greater than 1 mm.
Dirko Transparent Colour: transparent One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, shrinking, ready for use. Cures
rapidly when exposed to humidity in the air to form a rubbery solid;
resistant to high temperatures.
SEALANTS Betaseal HV3 (Gurit Essex) Colour: black Polyurethane prepolymer based adhesive/sealant, high viscosity, suit-
POLURETHANE able for permanent, high-strength flexible bonding. Slow curing, used
for bonding glass to frames, wire mesh, metal plates, etc. surfaces
must be degreased with primer.
RETAINING COM- Loctite 601 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic, fast-curing, high-strength adhesive. Suitable for sealing
POUNDS and retaining cylindrical assemblies with gap clearances of up to 0.10
mm; used for retaining rotors, gears, bearings, pulleys, bushes etc. on
shafts.
Loctite 638 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, very high strength; suit-
able for bonding cylindrical parts in non-ferrous alloys.
Loctite 648 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, high-strength; suitable
for bonding cylindrical parts, permanent retention of threaded parts,
sealing of refrigeration systems, retention of bearings, etc. Alternative
to Loctite 601 in high-temperature applications.
Loctite 986/AVX Colour: Fluorescent red Anaerobic sealant/retaining compound for metal cylindrical parts.
Slow-curing, high-strength, heat-resistant and resistant to chemical
attack. Parts must be first treated with an activator.
LUBRICANTS Grease (NLGI 2 EP ASTM D217: 265/295) Multi-purpose Lithium grease used for lubrication of seals, to prevent
oxidization and to facilitate assembly operations.
Molikote (Dow Corning) Anti-wear compound, contains Molybdenum bisulphate, used neat or
diluted with engine oil for assembly of main engine bearings.
Vaseline Neutral pH compound used to protect battery terminals against oxidi-
zation and corrosion.
Engine oil 10W - 30 Used to dilute Molikote anti-wear lubricant during assembly of main
engine bearings.
0-15
0-16
0-17
0-18
10.1 - ENGINE
10-2
T00 81
Cylinder and side view
4-cylinder
A = manifold side B = operating side
10-3
Tightening specifications
Tab.13
NAME SCREW TYPE NOTES / SERIES PRE-CLAMP- POST-CLAMP-
REMARKS ING VALUE ING VALUE
Clamping Screw Nut TD 2012 TCD 2V 70 Nm
holder on en- 2012
gine mounting
Clamping TD 2012 TCD 2V 90 Nm
bracket on 2012
adapter for as-
sembly block
Cylinder head Observe TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm +80 Nm +90°
on crankcase tightening order. 2012
Oil screws
lightly. Sealing
surfaces oil-free
Screws can be
used a max.
3 times with
written proof,
otherwise
renew every
time they are
loosened.
Rocker arm Assembly note: TD 2012 TCD 2V 21 Nm
bracket on Align rocker 2012
cylinder head arm sym-
metrically to the
valve centre
axes. Cylinder
head screw see
A01
Locking nut TD 2012 TCD 2V 20 Nm
valve clearance 2012
setting screw
Cylinder head M6 TD 2012 TCD 2V 11 Nm
cover on cylin- 2012
der head
Crankcase TD 2012 TCD 2V 21 Nm
breather on 2012
cylinder head
cover
Gear case on M8x35-10.9 Observe tight- TD 2012 TCD 2V 30 Nm
crankcase M8x45-10.9 ening sequence 2012
M8x50-10.9
10-4
10-5
10-6
1 2 3
17
4
16
15 5
14 6
13 7
12 11 10 9 8
Fig.2
Components:
1. Alternator
2. Oil filler neck
3. Coolant connection compensation pipe
4. Cooling fan pulley
5. Fuel pump
6. Coolant pump
7. Timing belt sprocket on crankshaft
8. Idler pulley
9. Supports
10. Oil sump
11. Oil filler neck
12. Oil filter housing with engine oil coolant
13. Oil dipstick
14. Installation facility for: Compressor or Hydraulic pump
15. Fuel filter cartridge
10-7
1 2 3
17
4
16
15 5
14 6
13 7
12 11 10 9 8
Fig.2
Oil filter cartridge
16.
17. Motor stop electromagnet
10-8
1 2
10
9
3
6 5
Fig.3
Components:
1. Turbocharger turbine
2. Engine suspension
3. Speed governor
4. Flywheel
5. SAE housing
6. Starter motor
7. Exhaust manifold
8. Coolant inlet
9. Air intake heater (not shown)
10. Coolant outlet thermostat housing
10-9
V-belt drive
14 1
13
2
12
3
11
4
10
8 7 6 5
Fig.4
Components:
1. Turbocharger turbine
2. Air intake heater
3. Cooling fan
4. Alternator
5. V-belt pulley on crankshaft
6. Coolant pump
7. Fuel pump
8. Oil filler neck
9. Oil filter housing with engine oil cooler
10. Oil filter housing with oil filter cartridge
11. Oil dipstick
12. Fuel filter
13. Motor stop electromagnet
14. Oil filler neck
10-10
1
11
10
2
7
3
6 5 4
Fig.5
Components:
1. Engine suspension
2. Speed governor
3. Flywheel
4. SAE housing
5. Oil sump
6. Starter motor
7. Supports
8. Alternator
9. Coolant inlet
10. Exhaust manifold
11. Coolant outlet
10-11
10.2 - TRANSMISSION
Introduction
● This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised speeds and 4 ranges (20 FWD + 20 REV).
● The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear PTO, which is supplied in the following versions:
❍ 2-speed PTO (540 - 1000)
❍ 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E)
❍ Syncro (groundspeed) PTO supplied with versions in points a and b.
● All PTO versions are mechanical with non sychronised gears and electrohydraulic engagement control, while the Syncro PTO
is engaged by way of a mechanical control.
1 2 3 4 5
D0040540
Description
● The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through the shuttle unit (1), gearbox (2), Hi-Lo unit (3) and
range gearbox (4) to bevel gear pair (5). Drive is then transmitted to final drive reduction units (6) and then to wheels (7).
Between bevel gear pair (5) and final drive reduction unit (6) is installed braking device (8) that acts as the main service brake,
while the parking brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (9).
10-12
AV
IN
E V L 5
6
3
N SR
7
2 9
D0040550
4
10-13
Shuttle unit
6
7
13
D0040570
1 2 12 11 10 9 4 8
10-14
Hi-Lo unit
3 4 5
1 2
16
15
14
13
12
11 10 9 8 7 6 D0048170
10-15
4 5
1 2
D0048180
14 13 12 11 10 9
17 16 15
10-16
4 5
1 2
D0048180
14 13 12 11 10 9
17 16 15
10-17
1 2 3 4
V L
9
M SR
D0048190
8 7 6 5
10-18
1 2 3 4
V L
9
M SR
D0048190
8 7 6 5
10-19
2 3
D0048200
10-20
Differential unit
1 2
10
8 7 6 5 D0048410
10-21
1 2
10
8 7 6 5 D0048410
10-22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
D0048420
10-23
1
2 3 4 5
12
16
15 14 13
D0048210
17
10-24
Description
The rear power take-off allows drive to be transmitted to an implement at a predetermined rotation speed. Rotary drive is taken
directly from the engine and the operator controls engagement of the PTO via the pushbutton on the right-hand side of the driving
position. The 540, 540 ECO, 1000 and 1000 ECO rear PTO speeds are engaged by way of the electrohydraulically operated PTO
clutch, while the Syncro PTO (when present) is engaged by way of a mechanical control. The PTO speed is selected by mechanical
control.
The rear PTO is supplied in 2 versions with two or four rotation speeds:
● 540-1000 PTO
● 540 - 540 ECO - 1000 and 1000 ECO PTO
In addition, a further shaft for the Syncro PTO may be installed. The speed of the Syncro PTO is directly proportional to the rotation
speed of the rear wheels with a fixed ratio between the PTO shaft and wheel speeds.
1000 540
D0040900
10-25
2 3 4
A
B B 1 5
A- A
A
9 6
10 8 7
11
12
B- B D0047860
Operation
The following is a description of what happens when the PTO is engaged.
● When the operator activates PTO engagement, solenoid valve (1) is energized and the pressurised oil from regulator valve
(2) flows into line A.
10-26
● The pressurised oil from regulator valve (2) thus flows into chamber b of accumulator (3).
● As the pressure in chamber b increases, the force exerted by the oil on piston (4) compresses springs (5). The increased
stroke of piston (4) corresponds to an increase in the pressure in chamber b and chamber c of piston (6). For this reason, the
clutch engagement pressure is modulated within the range of 2 to 12 bar. At the same time the oil in passage d is returned to
tank and the pressure acting on piston (7) decreases, thereby allowing the hub (8) to rotate.
5 3 4 b
a 2
7 D0047880
6
Fig.19 - PTO engagement
The following is a description of what happens when the PTO is disengaged.
● The PTO is disengaged by de-energizing solenoid valve (1).
● The pressurised oil in line a is sent to the return circuit through solenoid valve (1).
● As a result of the decrease in pressure in line a, piston (4) is pushed to the right by the force of the springs (5) and spring (9)
pushes piston (6) to the right, thereby returning it to the rest position. At the same time pressurised oil from regulator valve (2)
flows into line d. This causes piston (7) to move to the right, thus activating the PTO brake and stopping rotation of hub (8).
10-27
5 4
a 2
7 D0047890
6
Fig.20 - PTO disengagement.
10-28
10.2.3 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1 2 3 4
12
11
10
D0048430
10-29
1 2 3 4
12
11
10
D0048430
10-30
2 3
4
1 D0048440
10-31
7
5 6
9 10
1 2 3 4
11
12
16 15 14 13 D0048390
10-32
1 2 3
3 4
4
6
5 D0048400
10-33
X –2
1769
D0024080
10-34
Final drive
5
4 6
3 7
2
8
1
9
23
22
21
20 10
11
12
19 18 17 16 15 14 13
D0048240
10-35
5
4 6
3 7
2
8
1
9
23
22
21
20 10
11
12
19 18 17 16 15 14 13
D0048240
10-36
1 2 3 4
18
5
19
7 6
23
22
21
24
20
17 8
16 3 9
15 10
11
14
12
D0048730
13
10-37
1 2 3 4
18
5
19
7 6
23
22
21
24
20
17 8
16 3 9
15 10
11
14
12
D0048730
13
10-38
Description
The tractors in this series are equipped with a hydraulic system with two main circuits:
1. Steering, brakes and services circuit.
2. Lift and remote control valve circuit.
Each of these circuits is supplied with oil by a hydraulic gear pump that converts the power supplied by the engine into hydraulic
energy. The oil flow generated by the pumps is sent to the devices that control the distribution of the oil pressure to the actuators,
where the hydraulic energy is converted into mechanical energy.
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
16
A B
17
5
18
4
15
2
21 19
20 1
D0048250
10-39
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
16
A B
17
5
18
4
15
2
21 19
20 1
D0048250
10-40
Hydraulic diagram
10-41
10-42
10-43
Fig.30 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (standard version)
Key
1. Front brakes pilot valve
2. Front axle brake
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Master cylinder
5. Non-return valve (check valve)
6. Park Brake accumulator circuit
7. Park Brake valve
8. Rear axle brake
10-44
Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (version with hydraulic trailer braking)
Fig.31 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (version with hydraulic trailer braking)
Key
1. Front brakes pilot valve
2. Front axle brake
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Master cylinder
5. Non-return valve (check valve)
6. Park Brake accumulator circuit
7. Park Brake valve
8. Rear axle brake
10-45
Fig.31 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (version with hydraulic trailer braking)
Hydraulic trailer braking valve
9.
10-46
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram (standard version)
Fig.32 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - standard version
Key
1. Suction line filter (90 μm)
2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
3. Free drain
4. 6-way remote control valve
5. Hydraulic lift control valve
6. Lift cylinders
7. Lift cover
8. Brake discs lubrication
9. PTO bearing lubrication system
10-47
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram ( version with hydraulic trailer braking)
Fig.33 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - version with hydraulic trailer braking
Key
1. Suction line filter (90 μm)
2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
3. Hydraulic trailer braking valve
4. Free drain
5. 6-way remote control valve
6. Lift cylinder
7. Hydraulic lift control valve
8. Lift cover
9. Brake discs lubrication
10-48
Fig.33 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - version with hydraulic trailer braking
PTO bearing lubrication system
10.
10-49
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram ( version with hydraulic trailer braking and
front lift)
Fig.34 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - version with hydraulic trailer braking and front
lift
Key
1. Suction line filter (90 μm)
2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
3. Hydraulic trailer braking valve
4. Free drain
5. 6-way remote control valve
6. Front lift
7. Damper valve assembly
8. Rate of drop control valve
9. Lift cylinder
10. Hydraulic lift control valve
11. Lift cover
12. Brake discs lubrication
13. PTO bearing lubrication system
10-50
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram ( version with hydraulic trailer braking and
front loader)
Fig.35 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - version with hydraulic trailer braking and front
loader
Key
1. Suction line filter (90 μm)
2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
3. Hydraulic trailer braking valve
4. Front loader control valve
5. 6-way remote control valve
6. Free drain
7. Lift cylinder
8. Hydraulic lift control valve
10-51
Fig.35 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - version with hydraulic trailer braking and front
loader
Lift cover
9.
10. Brake discs lubrication
11. PTO bearing lubrication system
10-52
10.4.2 - Steering circuit pump - lift circuit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
D0021760
10-53
D0021770
10-54
L R
T P
R
P
D0021680
10-55
10.4.4 - Remote control valve - 6-way version (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
2 3 4
6 5 2 3 4 6
1
B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3
T
190 bar RSM
P-Rest. 3
B1 B2 B3 1 1
H.P.C.
9 1
7 P
0 0
A1 A2 A3 2 2 2
1 3
0 1
2
0
2
P-Reg.
P-Rest.
5
8
1
10-56
D D
C C
B B
A A
E
D0047930
10-57
1 2 3
A- A
P 4 5
6 T1 7
B- B T
A
210 bar
ł1.5
ł1
7
T1
Lift Lower
T T
ł1
6 bar
T
D0047940
5 3
Fig.41 - Hydraulic lift control valve (1/2)
Components
1. Spacer
2. Pilot/enabling valve spring
3. Pilot/enabling valve
4. Enabling valve
5. Enabling valve spring
6. Lift control spool return spring
7. Lift control spool
10-58
1 2 3 4 5
C- C
A
6 7 8
9 8 3 D-D
A
210 bar
9
ł1.5
ł1
T1
Lift Lower
T T
ł1
6 bar
P
E- E
T D0047950
Connections
● P - Control valve supply
10-59
● T - Drain
● A - Lift control
● T1 - Drain
Function
● The function of the lift control valve is to direct oil pressure to the lifting cylinder, thereby allowing the implement to be raised
and lowered.
● It contains the following valves:
❍ Check valve (1)
❍ Rate of drop control valve (Valvematic) (2)
❍ Inlet valve (3)
❍ Enabling valve (4)
❍ Pilot/enabling valve (5)
❍ Relief valve (6)
1
6
2
4 D0032350
Operation
When the lift control is in neutral position
● The pressurised oil from pump (1) flows to line a. As all the passages are closed, the pressure increases and when the force
exerted on enabling valve (2) overcomes that of spring (3), valve (2) shifts to the right to allow oil to flow to tank.
10-60
2 3 D0032360
10-61
6 e
c
b
d
4
2 D0032370
10-62
t n 6 e 7 8
D0032380
10-63
t e 8
10 m
b
9 4
p
d
11 f
g
a
D0032390
10-64
Description
The braking system is composed of 4 braking devices (1 for each wheel) operated by two hydraulic master cylinders with mechanical
control.
When the brake pedals are latched together, all the braking systems are operated simultaneously on all 4 wheels (front and back).
When the brake pedals are operated separately (latch disengaged), only the rear brakes are applied, with each pedal operating the
brake on the corresponding side of the tractor (right pedal - right brake, left pedal - left brake).
The front braking devices are operated simultaneously and independently by the brake pedal pressed (only one or both) thanks to
the pilot valve that intercepts the oil from both master cylinders selecting the circuit with the higher pressure value as the pilot circuit.
The pilot valve thus directs oil from the hydraulic services circuit to the front brakes, modulating the pressure according to the pilot
pressure from the brake master cylinders. In contrast, the rear braking devices are each operated by a separate master cylinder,
thereby allowing the operator to brake on one side only and thus reduce the steering radius.
1 2 3 4 5
10-65
R N
N
R
B’1 Z Z
B1
B1 B2
B2 T’
B’2 TB T
10-66
ITALY version
Function
The trailer braking valve is fitted when hydraulic trailer braking is required.
Operation
P
Y
B N LS 4
D0048740
10-67
Y
N
E B
Y
LIFT
E B
TRAILER BRAKE
T
D0048300
Fig.51 - Connections
Connections
● P - Supply to valve
● N - To remote control valve
● B - To trailer brake
● T - Drain
● Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system
● E - Parking brake pressure switch
Technical characteristics
● Maximum operating pressure at port N: 220 bar
● Minimum constant pressure at port B: 12.5±2.5 bar
● Maximum pressure at port B: 130±10 bar
● Oil supply flow rate: 20 to130 l/min
EXPORT version
Function
The trailer braking valve is fitted when hydraulic trailer braking is required.
10-68
Operation
B N
D0021820
Y1
P T
P Y1
N Y2
N B
Y2
B
D0021830
Fig.53 - Connections
Connections
● P - Supply to valve
● N - To remote control valve
● B - To trailer brake
● T - Drain
● Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system
Technical characteristics
● Maximum operating pressure at port N: 200 bar
● Minimum constant pressure at port B: 0 bar
10-69
10-70
Introduction
The Park Brake system is a braking device with three main functions:
1. parking brake
2. service brake
3. emergency brake
10-71
Main characteristics
The Park Brake offers the following advantages over a conventional parking brake:
● it is designed to meet the requirements of future standards
● it satisfies the need for enhanced braking capacity created by the increase in travel speeds
● it significantly reduces the amount energy required for vehicle motion as it eliminates the oil-immersed discs of a conventional
parking brake
● increased brake disc clearance and take-up device for the service brake piston
● adoption of a front axle servo valve to increase the overall braking capacity
Operation
The Park Brake system is based on a dual function braking device:
● negative parking brake
10-72
● service brake
10-73
In an emergency, such as a failure of the tractor braking system with consequent loss of service brake operation (as a
result of a lack of hydraulic pressure or a malfunction of the braking system itself), the operator can apply the tractor
parking brake, modulating the braking force using the Park Brake lever.
Note
In the event of tractor malfunction, the parking brake can be applied manually by operating the emergency pump
located on the Park Brake valve. This forces pressurised oil into the parking brake circuit thereby braking the
tractor.
Service brake
The service brake is always active, but is only effective when the Park Brake system is deactivated (i.e. when pressurised oil flows
into chamber PB and piston (2) is shifted to the left). In this case, the oil pressure, modulated by the operator using the brake pedal
and master cylinders (7), is directed into chamber PF. Parking brake piston (4) is thus pushed to the right, forcing friction discs (5)
against counter disks (6), thereby generating a braking force proportional to brake pedal travel.
10-74
10-75
Description
2 3 1
B
R
4
D0048870
B’
Connections
● R - Supply pressure: M16 x 1.5 - ISO 6149
● N - Drain (immersed): M16 x 1.5 - ISO 6149
● B - Parking brake control (spring operated): M16 x 1.5 - ISO 6149
● B’ - Pressure switch (15 bar): M12 x 1.75
10-76
10.4.10 - Services solenoid valves assembly - Pressure holding valves (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
T T T T
P P P P
H
T
4 3 2 1
5
H
T 2
1 3 4
D0040660
10-77
Connections
● H - Oil supply (from pressure holding valves)
● T - Drain
● A - To rear PTO clutch
● B - To rear PTO brake clutch
● C - To differential lock engagement device
6 B
2
3
5 C C
B A A-A
5 6
P C
C1 L
1
P1
2 D0047950
C-C
H
1 T
B-B 3 4 D0048280
10-78
C1 P1
L
P C
C1 L
P1
T
D0047950
D0048290
10-79
4 4
3
5
2 6
1
2
7 8 9
6
AV RM
4 2
2 S2 3 1 S1
L
P T1 LI
1
D0047990
T
10-80
AV
LI T
X L
TA
RM
P
D0047980
View X
10-81
10-82
Description
To facilitate the operations of fault diagnosis, putting the vehicle into service and testing electrical components of the
engine and lift, the technician is provided with a test instrument called All Round Tester (hereinafter ART®). Using the
ART® the technician can:
● display errors (faults) that have occurred;
● calibrate the sensors;
● display data detected by the electronic control units (e.g. status of the sensors) managing the systems.
Data is exchanged between the ART® and the ECUs by way of a diagnostic socket incorporated in the combine wiring. The ART® is
supplied with a number of different interface cables, which are to be selected in accordance with the type of vehicle and the methods
described in the relative workshop manual or in the CD supplied with the tester.
Notes on use
The ART® is protected against battery polarity inversion and positive and negative over voltages of brief duration (1 msec). Do not
attempt to connect the ART® to any sockets other than those specifically designed for use with the tester and do not use extension
leads. The display is permanently backlit to ensure visibility on all light conditions. The knob on the side of the tester allows contrast
adjustment. If the display appears blank, it is possible that the contrast knob is positioned in such a way that the data are not visible
20-2
on the screen. The tester operates correctly at temperatures between 0 and 40°C; it is advisable to switch the tester off every 30
minutes to help prolong its service life. Before disconnecting the ART® from the diagnostic socket, turn the starter key to the “O”
(OFF) position.
F0057700
20-3
5 On power up, the ART® will display the battery charge level test.
If the voltage is below 10V, the ART® will not have sufficient
voltage to connect to the ECUs, while voltages in excess of
15V could damage the ART®. After a few seconds, the tester
will attempt to connect to the electronic system and will display
a screen (which may vary according to the vehicle type or the
connector to which it is connected) from which the technician
can choose to connect to an ECU and test the operation of
components.
20-4
20-5
20-6
20.1.2 - Connecting the tester to the tractor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1 WARNING
Before connecting the ART(r), switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch.
3 Insert the key in the starter switch and turn it to “I” (ON) to switch on the test meter.
4 On power up, the ART(r) will perform the battery level test and T E S T
then display the following screen: M E N U
1 - C L U S T E R
2 – S M A R T L E V E R
C H O O S E _
5 The technician should now press the key corresponding to the ECU to be tested.
6 WARNING
Do not start the engine unless this is required for subsequent operations.
20-7
Menu organisation
Tab.14
MAIN MENU MENU SUBMENU OPERATION PARAGRAPH
Main menu Monitors I/O Analog input 20-10
Digital input
Input frequencies
Power supplies
Outputs
Transmission
CAN
Statistics
Parameters Options Hi-Lo 20-15
Clutches FWD start end
REV start end
FWD Tfill
REV Tfill
Calibrations Pedal 20-17
Shuttle Automatic
Manual
Comfort
Alarms TCU active alarms 20-23
TCU passive alarms
Cancelling TCU
Active engine alarms
Passive engine alarms
Tests Solenoid valves 20-23
Engine Monitor 20-28
Tests
Params
20-8
Presentation screen
The presentation screen displays the following preliminary information
about the electronic control unit:
● Software version
● Software date of issue
● Transmission model
If the transmission ECU has not yet been put into service, the
configuration will not be permanent.
Main Menu
After the presentation screen, the test meter displays the main menu,
which contains the following options:
● 1. Monitors: allows you to monitor the operation of all the
sensors
● Parameters: allows you to set the tractor operating parameters
● Calibrations: allows you to perform automatic and manual
calibration procedures
● Alarms: displays all active and passive alarms
● Tests: allows you to test operation of the various actuators
20-9
20.1.4 - All-Round Tester Manual - Monitor Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
This menu contains the parameters used for control of the tractor.
● 1. I/O (Input/Output)
● 2. Transmission
● 3. CAN
● 4. Statistics
I/O (Input/Output)
This submenu contains the input data received by the ECU and the
status of the outputs.
20-10
Analog inputs
This menu displays the analog sensors managed by the ECU. The
following parameters are displayed:
● ClutchPedal: Clutch pedal potentiometer (Volts)
● TempOil: Transmission oil temperature (Volt)
● Seat: Seat sensor (Volts)
● SmartWheel: Smart wheel selector (optional)
Digital inputs
This menu displays the digital sensors managed by the ECU. The
following parameters are displayed:
● ComfClutch: Comfort Clutch button (ON / OFF)
● ClutchSwitch: Clutch pedal travel limit switch (ON / OFF)
● Lever neutral: Lever neutral position switch (ON / OFF)
● Lever forward: Lever forward position switch (ON / OFF)
● Lever reverse: Lever reverse position switch (ON / OFF)
● Seat: Seat sensor switch (ON / OFF)
● Prx 4Bar Svp: Pressure switch downstream of Svp (ON / OFF)
● Prx 11Bar Svp: Services pressure switch (ON / OFF)
20-11
Input frequencies
This menu displays the speed sensors controlled by the ECU. The
following parameters are displayed:
● Shuttle: Frequency of shuttle output shaft speed sensor, the sign
determines the direction of rotation (Hz)
● Wheels: Frequency of wheel speed sensor (Hz)
Power supplies
This menu displays the power inputs and outputs of the ECU. The
following parameters are displayed:
● 12V: 12 Volt power from starter keyswitch (Volts)
● 5V: 5Volt power output from ECU (Volts)
20-12
Outputs
This menu displays the statuses of the outputs of the ECU. The following
parameters are displayed:
● Control: Status of solenoid valve control (ON / OFF)
● Current: Current draw of solenoid valve (mA)
Transmission
This menu contains all the information relative to the operating status of
the transmission. The following parameters are displayed:
● DesDir : Direction desired (N – F or R)
● Real: Actual direction (N – F or R)
● PedalPos.: Clutch pedal position (%)
● SvF: Status of Forward solenoid valve (ON / OFF)
● SvR: Status of Reverse solenoid valve (ON / OFF)
● SvP Curr: Svp current draw (mA)
● PrxSvp: Svp pressure status (ON / OFF)
● Engine: Engine speed (rpm)
● Shuttle: Shuttle speed (rpm)
● Wheels: Tractor speed (km/h)
● Ratio: Engaged gear ratio (n°)
● Oil Temp.: Transmission oil temperature (°C)
20-13
CAN
This menus summarises the information relative to the status of the
CanBus. The following parameters are displayed:
● Can-Instrument: Status of “CAN” communication with on-board
instrument panel (ON / OFF)
● Can-engine: Status of “CAN” communication with engine ECU
(ON / OFF)
20-14
20.1.5 - All-Round Tester Manual - Parameters Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
This menu contains all the optional equipment of the tractor and the
clutch parameters.
● Options
● Clutches
Options
In this menu you can enable/disable the various items of optional
equipment installed on the tractor. The following parameters are
displayed:
● Hi-Lo: Hi-Lo status (0= function deactivated; 1=function
activated
● Smart Wheel: Smart Wheel status (0= function deactivated;
1=function activated
20-15
Clutches
From this menu you can display and edit the tractor’s calibration
parameters. The following parameters are displayed:
● FWD start end: Forward clutch engagement end current (mA)
● REV start end: Reverse clutch engagement end current (mA)
● Fwd TFill: Forward clutch fill time (mSec)
● Rev TFill: Reverse clutch fill time (mSec)
20-16
20.1.6 - All-Round Tester Manual - Calibrations Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
From the Calibrations menu you can configure the electronic control
unit according to the type of transmission installed on the tractor and
calibrate the clutches and the clutch pedal.
● Pedal
● Shuttle
Pedal
From this submenu you can calibrate the clutch pedal. The following
parameters are displayed:
● Clutch Switch: Status of clutch pedal switch (ON / OFF)
● Min.Pos.: Value saved in memory for pedal pressed (Volts)
● Current value: Current value of clutch pedal potentiometer
(Volts)
● Max.Pos.: Value saved in memory for pedal released (Volts)
20-17
Shuttle
In the “Shuttle” submenu you can perform automatic or manual
calibration of the clutches and alter the comfort parameters.
● Automatic
● Manual
● Param. Comfort
Automatic
This screen defines the conditions in which the tractor must be placed
before proceeding with calibration of the clutches. Press “E” to go to the
automatic clutch calibration menu.
20-18
Manual
in this menu you can manually calibrate tractor and clutch operating
parameters.
● FWD/Rev balance
● Shuttle response
● Shuttle acceleration
● Position of the pedal at start of clutch modulation
● Comfort
20-19
FWD/Rev balance
In this submenu you can compensate for a difference in the behaviour
of the forward and reverse clutches. The following parameters are
displayed:
● Key [D] : Increases responsiveness of the Forward clutch
● Key [C] : Decreases responsiveness of the Forward clutch
● Key [7]: Increases responsiveness of the Reverse clutch
● Key [A]: Decreases responsiveness of the Reverse clutch
Shuttle response
In this submenu you can alter the responsiveness of the shuttle. The
following parameters are displayed:
● Key [7]: Makes the shuttle more responsive
● Key [A]: Makes the shuttle less responsive
Accelerat: Inv.
In this submenu you can alter the speed at which travel direction
inversion is effected. The following parameters are displayed:
● Key [7]: Makes direction inversion faster
● Key [A]: Makes direction inversion more gradual
20-20
Pedal release
From this submenu you can alter the pedal position at which clutch
modulation starts. The ART displays the following menu:
● Key [7]: Raises the clutch pedal release point
● Key [A]: Lowers the clutch pedal release point
NOTE
20-21
Comfort P A R A M C O N F O R T
In this menu you can alter the comfort parameters associated with the = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
various manoeuvres. The following parameters are displayed: = = = = P a r t e n z a = = = =
1 - P r o n t e z z a 4 0 0
● Response: determines the initial response of the clutches in the
2 - A c c e l e r a z 5 0 0
various manoeuvres, in the stage immediately subsequent to the
= = = I n v e r s i o n e = = =
clutch fill time.
3 - P r o n t e z z a 4 2 0
● Accelerat: Determines the speed at which the tractor performs 4 - A c c e l e r a z 7 5 0
the various manoeuvres. = = C a m b i o M a r c i a = =
5 - P r o n t e z z a 4 0 0
6 - A c c e l e r a z 1 2 0 0
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
[ E ] U s c i t a
20-22
20.1.7 - All-Round Tester Manual - Alarms Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
From the Alarms menu you can check all the active and passive alarms
recorded by the TCU, and also cancel passive alarms.
● TCU active alarms
● TCU passive alarms
● Cancelling
● Active engine alarms
● Passive engine alarms
20-23
Press [D] to obtain a brief description (in English) of the SPN value.
Press [D] again to obtain the engine run hours (or instrument run hours
for Euro 2 engines) at which the alarm was activated.
20-24
NOTE
It is also possible by pressing [D] to obtain brief details in English for passive alarms including the SPN, FMI, and the
engine run hours at which the alarm last occurred.
Cancelling
From the Cancellation menu you can cancel all the passive alarms of
TCU.
● Cancelling TCU passive alarms
● Cancelling engine passive alarms
20-25
Cancelling TCU
Press key “1” to cancel all passive alarms.
20-26
20.1.8 - All-Round Tester Manual - Test Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
From the Test Menu you can test the operation of the actuators (solenoid
valves) connected to the TCU.
● 1. Solenoid valves
Solenoid valves
In this submenu you can check all the solenoid valves connected to the
TCU. The following parameters are displayed:
● Key [1]: Deactivates the proportional valve.
● Key [2]: Activates the proportional valve at 50% ( ~ 500 mA).
● Key [3]: Activates the proportional valve at 100% ( ~ 1000 mA).
● Key [4]: Deactivates the Reverse valve.
● Key: [5]: Activates the Reverse valve.
● Key [7]: Deactivates the Forward valve.
● Key [8]: Activates the Forward valve.
20-27
20.1.9 - All-Round Tester Manual - Engine Menu (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
From the engine menu you can monitor the operation of the engine,
change certain parameter settings and calibrate the accelerator pedal
and hand throttle:
● 1 - Monitor
● 2 - Tests
● 3 - Params
Monitor
In this submenu you can monitor certain engine operating parameters.
The following parameters are displayed:
● ActualSpeed: Measured engine speed (rpm)
● Req.Speed: Requested engine speed (rpm)
● Act.TorqueCurve: Torque curve used by the engine (1/2)
● Req.TorqueCurve: Torque curve requested from engine (1/2)
● PGrade: Droop requested from engine ECU (1=6%, 2=1%)
● Maximum torque: Maximum torque delivered by engine (Nm)
20-28
Tests
In this submenu you can monitor certain engine operating parameters:
● 1 - Measured values
● 2 - Logistic data
● 3 - Accelerator/hand throttle
● 4 - Eng. Control
Measured values
The following parameters are displayed:
● Act.Pos.: Actual measured position (mm)
● Des.Pos.: Desired actuator position (mm)
● Speed: Measured engine speed (rpm)
● P.Grade: Engine droop control (1=6%, 2=1%)
● TorqueCurve: Torque curve used by the engine (1/2)
● CoolantTemp: Engine coolant temperature (°C)
● FuelTemp: Fuel temperature (°C)
● TurboP.: Turbo pressure (bar)
● Preheating: Engine preheating (ON/OFF)
20-29
Logistics data
In this submenu you can monitor certain engine parameters: The
following parameters are displayed:
● S/N: Engine ECU serial number
● Engine hours: Total engine life in hours (h)
● No. starts: Number of times the engine has been started
● HW vers.: Engine ECU hardware version
● SW vers.: Engine ECU software version
● Voltage: Engine ECU supply voltage
Accelerator/hand throttle
From this submenu you can monitor the accelerator pedal and the hand
throttle. The following parameters are displayed:
● Pedal V: Accelerator pedal potentiometer voltage (V)
● Pedal %: Accelerator pedal travel (%)
● HandThrot.V: Hand throttle potentiometer voltage (V)
● HandThrot.%: Hand throttle travel (%)
● PowerRed.: Power reduction status (ON/OFF)
20-30
Engine Control
In this submenu you can monitor the accelerator pedal and hand throttle.
The following parameters are displayed:
● HandThrot.%: Hand throttle travel (%)
● Pedal %: Accelerator pedal travel (%)
● Eng.memory: Engine memory status (ON/OFF)
Params
In this submenu you can calibrate certain engine parameters:
● 1. Accel. pedal
● 2. Hand Throttle
20-31
Accel. pedal
From this submenu you can calibrate the accelerator pedal and the
hand throttle.
20-32
Hand Throttle
From this submenu you can calibrate the accelerator pedal and the
hand throttle.
After having pushed the hand throttle lever forward and pressed [C]:
20-33
20-34
The CANBUS physically consists of a twisted pair of wires, designated CAN H and CAN L, on which the digital messages are
transmitted.
The digital messages are generated by a “differential” voltage system that provides a high degree of immunity to any electromagnetic
20-35
The CANBUS wires interconnect the smart lever and the instrument panel, thus forming the basic network to which all other ECUs
are then connected.
The smart lever and on-board computer can be designated “termination” control units (i.e. they form the “terminations” of the network).
Both these control units are connected via the CANBUS wires to a 120 Ohm resistor.
The totality of the network has thus a total resistance of 60 Ohm generated by the two 120 Ohm resistances connected in parallel.
20-36
MX1
MX2
MX1 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 1 7 1 8 19 23 24 25 4 MX2 2 1 14 15 17 18 20 23 24 25 12 13
F6 F18 F17
10A
5A
7.5
+30 +15
+15
1 2 2 1 1 2 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 21 15 14 8 13 17 2 3
4
3
2
1
freq
t
pos pos
20-37
MX1
MX2
MX1 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 1 7 1 8 19 23 24 25 4 MX2 2 1 14 15 17 18 20 23 24 25 12 13
F6 F18 F17
10A
5A
7.5
+30 +15
+15
1 2 2 1 1 2 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 21 15 14 8 13 17 2 3
4
3
2
1
freq
t
pos pos
20-38
15
FA ILURE
OI L TEMPERA TURE
COMFO RT CLUTCH
EV ON-OFF FRONT
-
WHEEL SPEED
CLUTCH PEDAL
SEA T SENSOR
CLUTCH PEDAL
DIG. CLUTCH S.
PRESS. SWITCH
freq
+
freq
-
EV REVERSE
EV REVERSE
PROGRAM
EV PROP
EV PROP
pos
+15V
+30
+30
+5V
-31
-31
3 2 1 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 15 14 13 12 9 8 7 5 4 2 1
X56 2 1 X57 2 4 1
X55 X54
2 1
11
t
X58
10
1
P
X59
9
2 1
X60
8
2 1
P
X63
2 1
7
X62
2 1
6
X61
1 2 3 4
X7
X74 1 2 3 4 3 2
1
X20 1 2 3 X27 3K 21 14 15 8 22 13 5K
freq.
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
WHEEL SPEED
5A
4 3 2 +15
+30 1
D0048720
20-39
15
FA ILURE
OI L TEMPERA TURE
COMFO RT CLUTCH
EV ON-OFF FRONT
-
WHEEL SPEED
CLUTCH PEDAL
SEA T SENSOR
CLUTCH PEDAL
DIG. CLUTCH S.
PRESS. SWITCH
freq
+
freq
-
EV REVERSE
EV REVERSE
PROGRAM
EV PROP
EV PROP
pos
+15V
+30
+30
+5V
-31
-31
3 2 1 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 15 14 13 12 9 8 7 5 4 2 1
X56 2 1 X57 2 4 1
X55 X54
2 1
11
t
X58
10
1
P
X59
9
2 1
X60
8
2 1
P
X63
2 1
7
X62
2 1
6
X61
1 2 3 4
X7
X74 1 2 3 4 3 2
1
X20 1 2 3 X27 3K 21 14 15 8 22 13 5K
freq.
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
WHEEL SPEED
5A
4 3 2 +15
+30 1
D0048720
20-40
20-41
20.3.2 - Renewal of the instrument panel - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Each time the instrument panel is renewed, the technician must perform the following operations:
Tab.15
TITLE CONNECTION TO THE LINK
Programming the type of tractor 20-43
Setting the wheels constant 20-45
Setting the speed units of measurement 20-48
The purpose of identifying the type of tractor and setting the wheels constant is to inform the control unit of the parameters it must use
to display correct information. To perform the configuration, connect the ART to the connector on the left-hand side of the instrument
panel, then select the instrument panel (CLUSTER) from the “AVAILABLE TESTS” menu and proceed as described.
20-42
20.3.3 - Renewal of the instrument panel - Setting the tractor type (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
1 From the presentation screen, press “E” to access the MAIN MENU.
2 From the main menu, press “2 - CALIBRATION” to access the
PARAMETERS MENU.
20-43
6 Press “E” to save the value and “C” to confirm and return to the
main menu.
20-44
20.3.4 - Renewal of the instrument panel - Setting the wheels constant (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
1 From the presentation screen, press “E” to access the MAIN MENU.
2 From the main menu, press “2 - CALIBRATION” to access the
PARAMETERS MENU.
20-45
6 Tab.17
TYRES CONSTANT
85 HP 100 - 110 HP
13.6 R38 5098 4671
14.9 R38 4518
16.9 R30 5429
16.9 R34 5064 4640
16.9 R38 4348
18.4 R30 5240
18.4 R34 4489
340/85 R38 5098 4671
380/85 R38 4489
420/85 R30 5429
420/85 R34 5064 4640
420/85 R38 4348
460/85 R30 5240
20-46
TYRES CONSTANT
85 HP 100 - 110 HP
460/85 R34 4489
480/70 R30 5429
480/70 R34 5064 4640
480/70 R38 4348
520/70 R34 4489
540/65 R30 5429
540/65 R34 5064 4640
540/65 R38 4348
Press “E” to save the value and “C” to confirm and return to the main menu.
20-47
20.3.5 - Renewal of the instrument panel - Setting the speed units of measurement
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-48
20-49
20.3.6 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Each time the shuttle control unit is renewed, the technician must carry out the following operations:
1. Initialisation of the ECU;
2. line end programming
3. automatic calibration of the shuttle clutches
4. manual calibration of the shuttle clutches
5. Editing the comfort parameters
To perform these operations, connect the ART to the connector on the left-hand side of the instrument panel, select the shuttle ECU
(SMART LEVER) from the “AVAILABLE TESTS” menu and proceed as described below.
DANGER
The operations for ECU initialisation, clutch pedal calibration and configuration of optional devices are required after
renewal of the ECU and must be performed with the engine switched off, the gear and speed range levers in neutral
and the parking brake engaged.
20-50
20.3.7 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Initialisation of the ECU (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed.
2 From the main menu, press “0” twice to enable password entry.
20-51
WARNING
20-52
20-53
20.3.8 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Line end programming (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed but only after the initialization
procedure has been carried out.
2 From the main menu, press “0” twice to enable password entry.
20-54
20-55
IMPORTANT
Tab.18
VALUE TRANSMISSION TYPE
1 100 hp
2 85 hp
3 110 hp
20-56
10 Fully depress the clutch pedal and press “B” to save the value
to memory.
12 Fully depress the accelerator pedal and, when the value has
stabilised, press “C” to confirm the parameter and terminate the
calibration procedure.
Release the accelerator pedal and, when the value has stabilised,
press “C” to confirm the parameter and proceed to the next
calibration.
20-57
14 Move the throttle lever towards the front of the tractor and press
“C” to confirm the parameter.
15 Move the throttle lever back towards the rear of the tractor and
press “C” to confirm the parameter and terminate the calibration
procedure.
20-58
16 If the clutch pedal travel limit switch is not operated when key “B”
is pressed, the ECU will display an error message.
Press “B” to memorise the data and continue with calibration.
17 Release the clutch pedal and press “A” to save the value.
Press “E” to proceed with the programming of the ECU.
18 If the clutch pedal travel limit switch is operated when key “A” is
pressed, the ECU will display an error message.
Press “A” to save the value and continue with the calibration.
20-59
IMPORTANT
Tab.19
VALUE CONFIGURATION
0 Hi-Lo absent
1 Hi-Lo present
20-60
NOTE
20-61
20.3.9 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Notes on the clutch calibration procedure
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
The shuttle clutch must be calibrated by the technician in the following cases:
● a - After renewal of one or both shuttle clutches
● b - After renewing the clutch engage control proportional solenoid valve
● c - After the clutch has bedded in (in the case of new or revised tractors) or after years of use, if the clutch or automatic
direction change (without the use of the clutch pedal) is too sudden or slow.
● d - Whenever the shuttle ECU is renewed.
● e - When the line programming procedure is carried out
● f - On appearance of the transmission alarm T10 - Shuttle clutches not calibrated
The technician has the choice of three calibration procedures.
● Automatic calibration, in which the control unit independently sets the characteristic parameters for clutches engagement.
● Manual calibration, where the technician can alter the parameter settings and thus create a personalised clutch engagement
curve to obtain a smoother, more comfortable response from the tractor during travel direction changes.
● Editing the “COMFORT” parameters, where the technician can adjust tractor behaviour, the comfort settings and speed at
which manoeuvres are performed to suit personal requirements.
Depending the status of the tractor, the technician can decide to perform just one of the three calibration procedures.
The table below provides guidelines for the procedures to carry out according to the type of fault encountered.
Tab.20
AUTOMATIC CALI- MANUAL CALIBRA- EDITING COMFORT
BRATION TION PARAMETERS
Alarm T10 X
Renewal of the instrument panel X
Renewal of mechanical/hydraulic assembly X
Renewal of the solenoid-operated proportional valve X
Asymmetric behaviour (one good clutch, one poor clutch) X
Irregular behaviour (both clutches too sharp or too slow) X
Customisation of shuttle behaviour X
20-62
20.3.10 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Automatic calibration of the shuttle clutches
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1 IMPORTANT
This procedure should only be carried out if the technician finds during a test drive that shuttle clutch
engagement is either too sudden or too slow when moving off from stationary or during direction changes
without using the clutch pedal.
2 Start the engine and bring the transmission oil level to approximately 40°C.
3 Park the tractor on a flat tarmac surface with at least 5 metres free front clearance, and perform the following operations.
● Put the shuttle lever in neutral.
● Select 2nd gear in the fast range (hare symbol) .
● If the Hi-Lo unit is present: select HI speed (hare symbol).
4 From the main menu, press “3” to access the CALIBRATION
MENU .
20-63
20-64
20-65
20.3.11 - Renewal of the shuttle control unit - Manual calibration of the shuttle clutches
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
This procedure should only be carried out if the technician finds, during a test drive, that shuttle clutch
engagement is either too sudden or too slow when moving off from stationary or during direction changes
without using the clutch pedal.
2 Start the engine and bring the transmission oil temperature to approximately 40°C.
3 Park the tractor on a flat tarmac surface with at least 50 metres free front clearance, and perform the following operations.
● Put the shuttle lever in neutral.
● Select 2nd gear in the fast range.
● If the Hi-Lo unit is present: select HI speed (hare symbol).
20-66
4 From the main menu, press key “3” to access the “CALIBRATION”
menu.
20-67
20-68
IMPORTANT
20-69
IMPORTANT
20-70
IMPORTANT
17 Press key “7” and key “A” to raise or lower the release point.
20-71
20.3.12 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Editing the comfort parameters (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
1 To access the parameter editing page, select “3 Comfort Param.”
from the main calibration menu:
20-72
3 The higher the value the higher the pedal release position; to
lower the position, enter a negative value.
To enter negative numbers, proceed as follows:
● Press [7] to edit the “Pedal Release” parameter
● The following screen appears:
20-73
20.3.13 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Calibration of the clutch pedal (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
1 To carry out this operation, connect the ART to the connector on the left side of the instrument panel, select the shuttle ECU
(SMART LEVER) from the “AVAILABL TESTS “ menu and follow the instructions.
DANGER
The clutch pedal calibration operation must be carried out with the engine off, the main gear and range gear
levers in neutral and the parking brake applied.
IMPORTANT
This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed.
20-74
5 Fully depress the clutch pedal and press “B” to save the value in
the memory.
6 If the clutch pedal travel limit switch is not operated when key “B”
is pressed, the ECU will display an error message.
Press “B” to memorise the data and continue with calibration.
20-75
8 If the clutch pedal travel limit switch is operated when key “A” is
pressed, the ECU will display an error message.
Press “A” to save the value and continue with the calibration.
20-76
20.3.14 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Introduction (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
The engine ECU is supplied as a replacement part in two versions:
● ECU with software but without DATASET; provide the engine serial number indicated on the name plate of the control unit
plate and the engine data plate.
● ECU with software and with DATASET.
The DATASET is the complete set of engine data that is specific to the engine serial number.
If an engine control unit without DATASET is ordered, before changing the control unit, it is necessary to read all the engine data
(DATASET) from the old control unit and save them to a file, which is subsequently to be loaded onto the new control unit. In this
case no calibration is required.
If the ECU is faulty and it is not possible to read the complete DATASET, it will be necessary to order an ECU with DATASET (provide
the engine serial number indicated on the name plate of the control unit plate and the engine data plate) or, if you already have an
ECU without DATASET, request SAT to supply the DATASET for the engine in question.
In this case it will only be necessary carry out the procedures to set the engine operating hours and calibrate the accelerator pedal
and hand throttle.
NOTE
The accelerator pedal and hand throttle calibration procedures can be carried out using the ART connected to the
shuttle ECU.
20-77
20.3.15 - Renewal of the engine control unit - Reading and saving DATASET (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
1 Connect the laptop computer with the SERDIA program installed.
2 Turn the starter key to “I” (ON) and launch the SERDIA program.
3 From the “PARAMETER” menu, select the option “OVERALL
PROGRAMMING”.
4 Click on “ECU -\> file” and save the data to a floppy disk or to the
computer hard disk (c:\; d:\).
5 note
20-78
20.3.16 - Renewal of the engine control unit - Programming the control unit with DATASET
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1 Connect the laptop computer with the SERDIA program installed.
2 Turn the starter key to “I” (ON) and launch the SERDIA program.
3 From the “PARAMETER” menu, select the option “OVERALL
PROGRAMMING”.
20-79
20-80
20.3.17 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Calibration of the accelerator pedal (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
1 To carry out this operation, connect the ART to the connector on the left side of the instrument panel, select the shuttle ECU
(SMART LEVER) from the “AVAILABL TESTS “ menu and follow the instructions.
DANGER
The clutch pedal calibration operation must be carried out with the engine off, the main gear and range gear
levers in neutral and the parking brake applied.
IMPORTANT
This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed.
3 Press 3 - Params.
20-81
6 Fully depress the accelerator pedal and, when the value has
stabilised, press “C” to confirm the parameter and terminate the
calibration procedure.
Release the accelerator pedal and, when the value has stabilised,
press “C” to confirm the parameter and terminate the calibration
procedure.
20-82
20.3.18 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Calibration of the hand throttle lever (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
1 To carry out this operation, connect the ART to the connector on the left side of the instrument panel, select the shuttle ECU
(SMART LEVER) from the “AVAILABL TESTS “ menu and follow the instructions.
DANGER
The clutch pedal calibration operation must be carried out with the engine off, the main gear and range gear
levers in neutral and the parking brake applied.
IMPORTANT
This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed.
3 Press 3 - Params.
20-83
5 Move the throttle lever towards the front of the tractor and press
“C” to confirm the parameter.
6 Move the throttle lever back towards the rear of the tractor and
press “C” to confirm the parameter and terminate the calibration
procedure.
20-84
20-85
20-86
20-87
Fig.68
20-88
Fig.69
20-89
Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 102 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig.70
20-90
Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 105 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig.71
20-91
Fig.72
20-92
Fig.73
Engine ECU alarms - ART code SPN 108 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 110 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-93
Fig.74
20-94
Fig.75
20-95
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “B43” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).
Fig.76
Engine ECU alarms - ART code SPN 171 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 174 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-96
● Check that the sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in position “O” (OFF), connect a test meter to pin 1 of connector “B43” and to the engine earth and test the
resistance to check for shorts to earth (test meter reading: infinity).
Fig.77
20-97
Fig.78
Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 190 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-98
Fig.79
Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 201 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-99
Fig.80
Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 535 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-100
Fig.81
Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 536 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-101
Fig.82
20-102
Fig.83
Engine ECU alarms - ART code SPN 702 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Note
This alarm is activated generally when, with the tractor on a down gradient, the engine is made to operate as
a brake and forced to run at higher speed. Generally this alarm is automatically cancelled when the tractor
returns to level ground. In this case, there is no need to make any checks.
Inspection
● Check with the Serdia program that parameter “21 Speed over” is correct (normal value: 3100 rpm).
● Check that the engine speed pickup sensor functions correctly and does not give a false reading; use an external sensor and
compare the reading obtained with the value received from the pickup by the engine control unit.
● Check that the injection pumps control rod slides freely.
● Check that the internal resistances of the actuator are correct (for details, see group “Wiring diagrams”).
● Check that the parameter “1 TeethPickUp1” is correct (normal value=48).
20-103
Engine ECU alarms - ART code SPN 743 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Engine ECU alarms - ART code SPN 752 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-104
Engine ECU alarms - ART code SPN 765 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Engine ECU alarms - ART SPN 766 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-105
Fig.84
20-106
Test
● Contact Technical Assistance Service
Fig.85
20-107
SPN 51 - FMI 12
Description
● The ECU signals that the engine ECU has detected that the accelerator pedal position sensor is disconnected.
ECU response
● The system continues to function using the hand throttle lever.
Test
● Check the engine ECU for alarms regarding the accelerator position sensor and carry out fault diagnosis as indicated in the
relative paragraphs of this manual.
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 123 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-108
Fig.86
20-109
Fig.87
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 127 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-110
Fig.88
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 160 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
NOTE
This alarm is detected when the ECU reads the travel speed as zero but the drive direction solenoid is activated
and the shuttle clutch is engaged.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connectors “X54” of the shuttle ECU and “X57” of the wheel speed sensor are not loose or
corroded.
● Check for the presence of other alarms regarding the wheel speed sensor.
● Check that the wheel speed sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
20-111
Fig.89
20-112
Fig.90
20-113
Fig.91
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 161 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 168 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-114
Fig.92
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 177 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-115
Fig.93
20-116
Fig.94
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 191 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
IMPORTANT
The wheel speed sensor is also connected in parallel to the instrument panel. Before proceeding with fault
diagnosis, check for the presence of other alarms concerning the wheel speed sensor in the instrument panel
and, if so, deal with these alarms first.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X74” of the wheel speed sensor are not loose
or corroded.
● Check that the wheel speed sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position, check that the power feed to the wheel speed sensor is correct (approx. 12 V
across pin 1 (positive) and pin 3 (negative) of connector “X74”).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X74” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
20-117
Fig.95
IMPORTANT
The wheel speed sensor is also connected in parallel to the instrument panel. Before proceeding with fault
diagnosis, check for the presence of other alarms concerning the wheel speed sensor in the instrument panel
and, if so, deal with these alarms first.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X74” of the wheel speed sensor are not loose
or corroded.
● Check that the wheel speed sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position, check that the power feed to the wheel speed sensor is correct (approx. 12V across
pin 1 (positive) and pin 3 (negative) of connector “X74”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position, connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “X74” and to pin 13 of connector “X54”
and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading: 0 Ohm).
20-118
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
Fig.96
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 561 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-119
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 1079 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig.97
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 1504 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-120
ECU response
● The tractor can travel only using the clutch pedal.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU and connector “X27” of the operator seat sensor are not loose
or corroded.
● Check that the operator present sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1 and
to pin 3 of connector “X27” and check that the the sensor is receiving power correctly (voltage across pin 1 (positive) and pin
3 (negative) of connector “X27” approx. 5 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
Fig.98
20-121
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X27” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
Fig.99
20-122
Fig.100
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5110 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
IMPORTANT
If the alarms T65 (SPN 5110 – FMI 4) or T66 (SPN 5110 – FMI 3) regarding the clutch pedal position sensor
are also present, first diagnose and remedy the causes of these alarms, then, if the original alarm persists,
diagnose and remedy this.
Test
● Check that the contacts on connector “X54” of the shuttle ECU, connector “X7” of the clutch pedal pressed sensor and
connector “X115” of the clutch pedal position sensor are not loose or corroded.
● Check that the clutch pedal pressed sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position, connect a test meter to pin 2 (red/green wire) of connector “X7” and to the frame
earth and test the resistance to check for shorting to earth (test meter reading: infinity).
20-123
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position, connect a test meter to pin 3 (black wire) of connector “X7” and to the frame
earth and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading: 0 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2
of connector “X7” (red/green wire) and to pin 19 of connector “X54” and test the resistance to check for electrical continuity
(test meter reading: 0 Ohm).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
Fig.101
20-124
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X55” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 4 of
connector “X55” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
Fig.102
20-125
Fig.103
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5130 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-126
Fig.104
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5140 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5222 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-127
● Try to identify the cause of the slipping by checking for the presence of other alarms; if no other alarms are present, diagnose
the fault from a hydraulic and mechanical perspective.
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5350 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig.105
20-128
● Test the internal resistance of the solenoid (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 1
of connector “X62” and to the frame earth and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: infinity).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2
of connector “X62” and to the frame earth and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: infinity).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
Fig.106
20-129
Fig.107
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5370 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-130
Fig.108
Fig.109
20-131
Fig.110
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5380 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-132
● Test the internal resistance of the solenoid (for details, see the section “Wiring diagrams”).
● With the starter key in the “I” (ON) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 2 of
connector “X61” and to the frame earth and check that there is no voltage present (test meter reading: 0 V).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
Fig.111
20-133
Fig.112
20-134
Fig.113
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5512 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5562 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-135
ECU response
● The system signals that the accelerator pedal and hand throttle calibration procedures must be carried out.
Test
● Calibrate the accelerator pedal and the hand throttle lever.
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5910 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-136
Fig.114
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5920 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-137
Test
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position and check if the alarm is still
present, in which case the ECU must be renewed
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 3
and to pin 4 of connector “X53” and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: 60 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “X54” disconnected from the ECU, connect a test meter to pin 3
and to pin 4 of connector “X53” and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: 120 Ohm).
● With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter
to pin 3 and to pin 4 of connector “X53” and test the resistance to check for short circuits (test meter reading: 120 Ohm).
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
Fig.115
Shuttle ECU alarm - ART SPN 5930 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
20-138
Test
● Check the engine ECU for alarms regarding the CANBUS and carry out fault diagnosis as indicated in the relative paragraphs
of this manual.
● Cancel all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still
present, the ECU must be renewed.
20-139
Fig.116
20-140
1 F0143860
When the tractor engine is started, the indicator light will flash to show that the control system has been activated.
Tab.22
CODE (NUMBER OF FLASHES) DESCRIPTION
2 Solenoid valve disconnected
3 Pushbutton control continuously activated
4* Speed sensor faulty
5 Solenoid control output signal shorted to earth or in overcurrent
6* Speed excessive
7 Internal ECU fault in power stage
8 Sensor presence detected in configuration where not required
*: Alarms present in U.S.A. configuration only.
If a fault occurs on the control, the electronic control unit inhibits operation of the P.T.O.
20-141
20-142
30.1 - B0 - ENGINE
30.1.1 - Engine - Separation from the transmission (B0.00.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.8 - Silencer - Page 30-99 - (C0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.5 - Fenders - Page 30-357 - (G0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Separation
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Slacken off the screw (1), remove the brake fluid reservoir
downwards (2) and set it aside.
30-2
IMPORTANT
5 Slacken the nuts (9) of the conditioning hose bulkhead unit and
remove them from the mount (10).
7 Label and disconnect the upper pipes (12), (13) from the front
lift.
Remove the screws and remove the valve unit (14) with the front
hoses (15).
Fold back and secure the unit towards the front of the vehicle.
30-3
9 Disconnect the fuel suction pipe (19) from the settling filter (18).
30-4
14 Disconnect the power lead (25) from the starter motor (24).
15 Remove the screws (26) and remove fuse holder bracket (27)
and set it aside.
30-5
19 Loosen the clamp and disconnect the fuel return hose (32).
IMPORTANT
30-6
21 Attach a hoist to rear engine lifting bracket (34) and take the
strain with the chain.
22 Loosen and remove the lower (35) and upper engine bolts (n.
4).
Reconnection
Reconnect by reversing the separation operation and carry out the following procedures.
30-7
Procedure 23
● To facilitate installation of the shaft, turn the crankshaft slightly in both directions.
● Apply a film of lubricant to the locating dowels and mating surfaces.
● Mating surfaces and dowels: engine oil
● Fixing:
M12 - 102±5 Nm
M16 - 254±12 Nm
Procedure 3
● Delivery (5/8” - 18UNF): 13.6÷20.3 Nm
Return (7/8”-14UNF): 35.3÷42.0 Nm
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-8
Removal
1 Disconnect pipes (1) and (2) and remove the expansion tank
(3).
2 Loosen screw (4), pull the brake oil tank (5) downwards to
remove and set aside.
30-9
4 Disconnect the fuel intake pipe(8) from the fuel settling filter (7).
30-10
8 Cut the clamps, remove the screws (18), remove the fuse holder
bracket (19) and set aside.
9 Loosen the clamp and disconnect the fuel return pipe (20).
IMPORTANT
30-11
11 Loosen the clamps and detach heating pipes (22) and (23).
Loosen unions (24) and disconnect air conditioning pipes (25).
12 Loosen the nuts (26) of the bulkhead couplings for the air
conditioning pipes and withdraw from the support(27).
IMPORTANT
30-12
15 Loosen the clamp (31) and remove the oil vapour suction pipe
(32).
16 Remove screw (33), lower nut (34) and support (35) of the
radiator.
17 Remove screws (36) (n°3) and support (37) complete with the
remaining pipes .
30-13
IMPORTANT
30-14
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
30-15
Procedure no. 25
● To facilitate installation of the shafts, turn the crankshaft slightly in both directions.
● Screws: M12 = 102±5 Nm - M16 = 254±12 Nm
● Nuts: 254±12 Nm
● Apply a film of lubricant to the locating dowels and mating surfaces.
● Mating surfaces and dowels: oil
Procedure 11
● Delivery (5/8”-18UNF): 13.6-20.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.)
● Return (7/8”-14UNF): 35.3-42.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-16
30.1.3 - Air conditioning compressor drive belt (B0.02.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen nut (1) and unscrew tie rod (2) to slacken off drive belt
(3).
1
3
2
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Adjust the tension of the fan drive belt.
30-17
30.1.4 - Tension adjustment of the fan and air conditioning compressor drive belt
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Tension adjustment
1 ● Before adjusting the tension, carefully examine the drive belt for signs of wear. The belt must be renewed immediately
at the first sign of cracking, fraying or separation of the plies.
● Always replace both drivebelts at the same time.
DANGER
If new drivebelts are fitted, re-adjust the tension after approx. 50 operating hours.
30-18
30.1.5 - Alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen screws (1) and (2) securing the fuel pump, disengage
alternator drive belt (3) and remove it by passing it between the
bottom of the crankshaft pulley and the front axle support.
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Adjust drive belt tension.
30-19
30.1.6 - Tension adjustment of the alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Tension adjustment
1 Tension the belt using a “T” bar with a 3/4” drive extension, or a
3/4” angle drive bar inserted in the aperture in the support of fuel
pump (1).
Tension the drive belt by turning the bar clockwise and then
tighten down screws (2) and (3).
2 To check that the tension is correct, use the tool and procedure
indicated in the engine manual.
Static deflection “A” on first fitting
● 13 mm belt: 450±50 N
Static deflection “A” after 15 minutes
● 13 mm belt: 300±50 N
DANGER
30-20
© 46377-1
1
© 46378-0
30-21
© 46379-0
© 46308-0
5 NOTE:
No.
The measured compression pressure depends K ompressio n in bar
Compressio n valu e in bar
on the starting speed during the measuring Pressio n en bar
Dat . _________
process and the altitude of the engine installation 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
site. Therefore, limit values cannot be determined
Zyl.
30-22
© 46308-1
1
© 46378-1
30-23
30.1.8 - Removing and installing the crankcase bleeding (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
© 46473-3
© 46475-0
3 NOTE:
© 46476-0
30-24
© 46473-4
30-25
30.1.9 - Installing and removing turning gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Turn-over gear 5.9035.114.0
NOTE:
The turning gear 5.9035.115.0 may also be used depending on the installation ratio.
Disassembly
1 ● Unscrew screws (1).
● Remove cover (2).
1
1
© 46419-0
2
© 46420-0
30-26
2
© 46420-0
© 46460-0
1
© 46419-1
30-27
30.1.10 - Removing and installing the flywheel (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1
© 31115-2
© 42825-1
30-28
© 34224-2
2 Attention!
© 42826-0
© 31115-1
30-29
© 46474-0
© 46333-0
30-30
1
1
© 30240-4
© 43614-1
5 NOTE: 1
Schematic representation
2
© 34151-2
30-31
6 NOTE:
© 43514-1
7 NOTE:
© 46474-0
30-32
30.1.12 - Checking and setting the valve clearance (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Turn-over gear 5.9035.114.0
NOTE:
Let the engine cool down for at least 30 minutes before setting the valve clearance. Engine oil temperature < 80
°C.
© 46461-0
2 NOTE:
© 46381-0
30-33
3 NOTE:
© 46380-0
Attention!
© 46382-0
2 NOTE:
© 46462-0
30-34
© 46463-0
© 46464-0
© 46387-0
30-35
2 NOTE:
© 46465-0
© 46466-0
© 46467-0
30-36
30.1.13 - Removing and installing the rocker arm and rocker arm bracket (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
© 46451-2
2 NOTE:
© 46452-0
30-37
© 46453-0
© 46452-0
2 NOTE:
© 46454-0
30-38
3 NOTE:
1
● Fasten screw (1).
© 46455-0
4 Attention!
© 46456-0
5 Attention!
Make sure that the stop rods are not under stress
due to valve overlap when fastening the screw.
© 46457-0
30-39
© 46451-1
© 46457-0
30-40
30.1.14 - Disassembling, assembling and checking the rocker arm and rocker arm bracket
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Dial gauge 5.9035.116.0
© 46389-0
2 NOTE:
© 46390-0
30-41
© 39032-1
2 Attention!
NOTE:
1
© 46393-0
© 46392-0
30-42
© 46468-0
© 46469-0
30-43
3
© 46471-0
© 46453-1
30-44
30.1.15 - Removing and installing the cylinder head (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
© 46471-1
1 1 1
© 46587-0
© 46590-0
30-45
© 46331-0
© 46334-0
© 42565-0
30-46
2 NOTE:
3 NOTE:
© 46335-0
4 NOTE:
© 46336-0
30-47
© 46591-0
6 NOTE:
© 46452-0
7 NOTE:
© 46454-0
30-48
8 NOTE:
1
● Fasten screw (1).
© 46455-0
9 Attention!
© 46456-0
10 Attention!
Make sure that the stop rods are not under stress
due to valve overlap when fastening the screw.
© 46457-0
30-49
© 46451-1
12 NOTE:
© 45131-0
© 46331-0
30-50
© 46590-0
1 1 1
© 46587-0
2 NOTE:
© 46474-2
30-51
3 NOTE:
© 46473-2
30-52
30.1.16 - Removing and installing the air bearing (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
NOTE:
Emptying and filling the engine with operating media must be carried out according to the operating manual and the
appropriate documentation of the vehicle/equipment manufacturer.
1 1
© 46551-0
© 46552-1
30-53
© 46553-0
© 46554-1
© 46555-0
30-54
4 Attention!
1
NOTE:
1 1
Note different screw lengths.
30-55
30.1.17 - Removing and installing the fuel injectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Puller 5.9035.126.0
● Extraction tool 5.9035.246.0
● Special wrench 5.9035.129.0
● Slide hammer 5.9035.094.0
DANGER
Wait 30 seconds after switching off the engine before working on the fuel system.
Attention!
Ensure utmost cleanliness when working on the fuel system. Carefully clean the area around the affected parts.
Blow damp areas dry with compressed air. Observe the safety regulations and national specifications for handling
fuels. Close all connections immediately after opening with new, clean plugs/caps. Do not remove plugs/caps until
immediately before assembling. Collect leaking operating fluids in suitable vessels and dispose of according to
regulations.
NOTE:
The following work procedure describes the removal and installation of a fuel injector. Proceed the same to remove
another fuel injector.
© 46569-0
30-56
© 46570-0
© 46571-0
© 46571-0
30-57
© 46568-0
© 45414-0
© 46435-0
30-58
2 Attention!
© 46436-0
© 46571-0
2
© 46431-0
30-59
30.1.18 - Removing and installing the engine shutdown (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
© 46432-0
© 46434-0
30-60
1
© 46417-0
2 Attention!
© 43345-0
3 ● Press the control linkage into the stop position and hold.
Speed governor with shutdown lever:
❍ Via shutdown lever.
1
Speed governor without shutdown lever:
❍ Via shutdown spindle (1) with open-ended spanner
(9 mm spanner size).
© 43346-0
30-61
© 46434-0
5 NOTE:
© 46432-0
30-62
30.1.19 - Removing and installing the coolant pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
NOTE:
Collect leaking operating substances in suitable vessels and dispose of according to regulations.
NOTE:
Emptying and filling the engine with operating media must be carried out according to the operating manual and the
appropriate documentation of the vehicle/equipment manufacturer.
© 46575-0
© 46576-0
30-63
© 46577-0
2 Attention!
© 46575-1
3 NOTE:
2
Tightening order: screw (1), then screw (2), then
the other screws in any order.
1
© 46578-0
30-64
© 46580-0
30-65
Checking thermostat
1 ● Remove thermostat.
See para. 30.2.12 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-108
● Measure beginning of stroke, dimension (a).
● Note measured value, dimension (a).
© 34679-3
2 NOTE:
30-66
© 34679-2
4 ● Determine stroke.
Calculation example
❍ Desired: Stroke
❍ Given: -
❍ Measured: Beginning of stroke, dimension (a)
- End of stroke, dimension (b) - Dimension (b) -
dimension (a)
❍ Result: = stroke
● Compare result with setpoint value. a
b
❍ Nominal value stroke travel:
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
© 34679-1
● Install thermostat.
See para. 30.2.12 - Removing and inst... - Page 30-108
30-67
30.1.21 - Removing and installing the V-belt pulley (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
© 46375-0
© 46600-0
© 46601-0
30-68
© 46602-0
2 NOTE:
© 46603-0
3 Attention!
NOTE:
30-69
© 46604-0
30-70
30.1.22 - Removing and installing the charge air line (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
© 46490-0
2 ● Disconnect cables.
● Unscrew screws (1).
● Remove charge air manifold (2).
1 1
● Remove gasket.
● Remove plug piece.
© 46491-0
© 46492-0
30-71
© 46493-0
© 46494-0
3 NOTE:
NOTE:
● Fasten screws.
● Tighten screws.
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
© 46495-0
30-72
© 46496-0
© 46433-0
© 46498-0
30-73
7 NOTE:
● Connect cable.
© 46491-1
8 NOTE:
© 46490-0
30-74
30.1.23 - Removing and installing the exhaust line (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1 2 1
© 46354-0
2 ● Remove seals.
● Remove studs.
© 46484-0
© 46485-0
30-75
© 46484-0
© 46486-0
2 2
2 2
© 46354-3
30-76
4 NOTE:
© 46354-2
30-77
30.1.24 - Removing and installing the turbocharger (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Disassembly tool 5.9035.245.0
NOTE:
Collect leaking operating substances in suitable vessels and dispose of according to regulations. Emptying and
filling the engine with operating media must be carried out according to the operating manual and the appropriate
documentation of the vehicle/equipment manufacturer.
Removing turbocharger
1 ● Hold nut (2).
● Unscrew screw (1).
2
© 46499-0
© 46500-0
30-78
© 46501-0
© 46502-0
2
© 46503-0
30-79
© 46504-0
© 46437-0
2
© 46503-0
30-80
© 46500-1
© 46438-0
© 46507-0
30-81
© 46501-0
© 46499-0
30-82
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
F0120061
2
3
F0144291
4 Detach wiring (4) of the engine air filter clogged sensor (5) .
F0144350
30-83
6
7
F0144360
6 Remove screws (8), (9) fixing cooler (10) for the front P.T.O. .
10
F0144370
10
F0144380
8 Detach the gearbox oil return and delivery pipes (11) and (12) .
IMPORTANT 11
IMPORTANT
F0144301
30-84
9 Remove the three screws (13) fixing the fuel cooler (14).
14
IMPORTANT
13
F0144390
10 Loosen the clamps (15) and (16)and detach the inlet and outlet
pipes (18) and (19) from the intercooler (17).
18 16
17
19
15
F014431 1
F0144340
20
20
F0144400
30-85
21
F0144410
23
F0144420
15 Loosen the clamps (24) and detach pipes (25) and (26) from the
radiator.
25 26
24
24
F0144430
27
F0144440
30-86
28
F0144450
29
F0144460
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Fill the engine cooling system with coolant.
● Run the engine for a few minutes to circulate the cooling fluid and gearbox oil and check the seals.
● Stop the engine and restore levels.
30-87
REMOVAL
1 Raise hood (1).
F0144260
2 Loosen the clamps (2) and detach pipe (4) from air cleaner (3) .
3
2 4
F0144270
3 Loosen and remove screws (5) and remove air cleaner (3).
5
3
F0144280
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-88
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
F0144290
3 Detach the gearbox oil return and delivery pipes (2) and (3) .
IMPORTANT 3
IMPORTANT
F0144300
30-89
5 Loosen the clamps (6) and (7)and detach the inlet and outlet
pipes (9) and (10) from the intercooler (8).
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-90
Removal
1 DANGER
Do not smoke or allow naked flames in the vicinity during the removal, refitting and filling of the fuel tank.
DANGER
DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Position suitable lifting equipment under fuel tank (1) and apply
a slight lifting force.
1
F0081231
3 Remove nut (2) and remove lower tank support pin (3).
F0081241
30-91
5
F0081251
1 F0120561
F0120571
F0120581
30-92
8 Loosen hose clamp (10), disconnect pipe (11) and remove tank
(1). 11 1
● Plug the pipe and union to prevent the ingress of dirt. 10
F0120591
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-93
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
2 Detach wiring (1) of the engine air filter clogged sensor (2) .
1
F0144470
3 Remove screws (3), (4) fixing the front P.T.O. cooler (5).
3
4
F0144371
F0144381
30-94
5 Detach the fuel inlet and outlet pipes (6) and (7) .
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
F0144391
F0144490
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Bleeding the fuel circuit
30-95
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove nut (1), detach leads (2) from the starter motor (3) and
3
remove protection (4).
1 4
F0144500
F0144510
F0144520
30-96
5 Remove the three screws (9) and remove the starter motor (3).
3 F0144530
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Screw: 1 to 1.3 Nm (0.74-0.96 lb.ft.)
Procedure 3
● Extension: 16 to 20 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)
Procedure 2
● Nut: 16 to 20 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)
30-97
30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tractor with cab (C0.06.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1 Remove screw (1).
F0120380
F0120390
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-98
Removal
1 Remove screws (1).
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-99
30.2.9 - Remove and install fuel filter console (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Special wrench 5.9035.176.00
● Plugs/caps 5.9035.177.00
DANGER
Wait 30 seconds after switching off the engine before working on the fuel system.
Attention!
Ensure utmost cleanliness when working on the fuel system. Carefully clean the area around the affected parts.
Blow damp areas dry with compressed air. Observe the safety regulations and national specifications for handling
fuels. Close all connections immediately after opening with new, clean plugs/caps. Do not remove plugs/caps until
immediately before assembling. Collect leaking operating fluids in suitable vessels and dispose of according to
regulations.
© 46583-0
30-100
© 46584-0
© 46585-0
© 46586-0
30-101
© 46523-1
3 Attention!
30-102
30.2.10 - Removing and installing the fuel supply pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Plugs/caps 5.9035.177.0
DANGER
Wait 30 seconds after switching off the engine before working on the fuel system.
Attention!
Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when working on the fuel system. Clean the affected parts carefully. Blow damp
areas dry with compressed air. Observe the safety regulations and specific national rules for handling fuels. Seal all
connections immediately with new and clean plugs/caps after opening. Do not remove plugs/caps until immediately
before assembling. Collect escaping fuel in suitable vessels and dispose of according to regulations. Only test /
tighten / renew V-belts with the engine at a standstill.
NOTE:
© 46572-0
© 46573-0
30-103
© 46574-0
2 ● Mount V-belt.
● Press clamping strap (1) in direction of arrow with a
suitable tool.
© 46375-1
© 46375-0
30-104
4 NOTE:
© 46572-0
30-105
30.2.11 - Remove and install the heating flange (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
● Disconnect cables.
● Unscrew screws (1).
1
© 46360-0
3 2
© 44360-1
© 44831-0
30-106
3 2
© 44360-1
2 Attention!
1
Hold on the hexagon of the plus pole screw.
© 46360-0
30-107
30.2.12 - Removing and installing the thermostat (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
NOTE:
Collect leaking operating substances in suitable vessels and dispose of according to regulations. Emptying and
filling the engine with operating media must be carried out according to the operating manual and the appropriate
documentation of the vehicle/equipment manufacturer.
1 2
© 46294-0
© 46524-0
30-108
© 44439-0
© 46524-1
1 2
© 46294-0
30-109
30.2.13 - Removing and installing temperature transmitter (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
NOTE:
Collect leaking operating substances in suitable vessels and dispose of according to regulations. Emptying and
filling the engine with operating media must be carried out according to the operating manual and the appropriate
documentation of the vehicle/equipment manufacturer.
© 46353-1
© 46374-0
30-110
© 44084-0
1
● Tighten temperature transmitter (1).
See para. 10.1.1 - Technical data - Page 10-2
© 46374-0
2 NOTE:
© 46353-1
30-111
30.2.14 - Removing and installing the generator (operating side) (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Attention!
Only test / tighten / renew V-belts when the engine is not running.
NOTE:
The V-belt tension of new V-belts must be checked after they have been running for 15 minutes.
© 46557-0
© 46375-0
30-112
3 ● Remove V-belt.
● Loosen screw (1).
2
● Unscrew screws (3). 3
© 46558-0
© 46558-1
30-113
© 46375-1
© 46375-0
© 44591-0
30-114
2 NOTE:
© 46559-0
3 NOTE:
© 46375-0
30-115
5 NOTE:
© 46557-0
30-116
30.2.15 - Removing and installing the oil pressure switch (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Special tools:
● Long socket wrench insert 5.9035.075.0
● Plugs/caps 5.9035.177.0
NOTE:
Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when working on the lube oil system. Carefully clean the area around the
affected parts. Blow damp areas dry with compressed air. Observe the safety regulations and national specifications
for handling lube oils. Close all connections immediately after opening with new, clean plugs/caps. Do not remove
plugs/caps until immediately before assembling.
© 42865-1
2 NOTE:
© 42866-0
30-117
© 42866-0
2 NOTE:
© 42865-1
30-118
30.3 - D0 - TRANSMISSION
30.3.1 - Changing the transmission oil (D0.00.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
CAUTION
Accumulators contain gas or oil under pressure. For all repairs, first consult the instructions given in the manufacturer’s
manual.
IMPORTANT:
Dispose of used oil and filters in compliance with applicable regulations. DO NOT dump oil on the ground, in sewers
or containers that are not sealed. Respect the environment.
IMPORTANT:
CAUTION
If fuel or oil under pressure hits the skin or eyes, it can cause serious injury, blindness or even death. High-
pressure fluid leaks may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood when looking for leaks. NEVER
use your hands! Wear safety goggles to protect your eyes. If any fluid penetrates your skin, seek immediate
attention from medical personnel with experience of this particular problem.
3 Remove the drain plug (1) located under the gearbox, placing a
suitable receptacle under the hole.
DANGER
30-119
DANGER
CAUTION
6 Change the oil filters located on the LH side of the gearbox casing.
7 Fit and tighten the drain plug (1) and fill the gearbox with oil
through the hole on top of the lift casing after removing the plug
(3) to reach the level indicated by the plug with the dipstick (4).
8 After filling, screw in the oil filler plug and run the engine for a few minutes.
9 Check the oil level via the plug with dipstick (4) and top up if necessary.
The tractor is equipped with a gearbox oil cooler, for cleaning it see “Cleaning engine front compartment gearbox oil cooler”.
30-120
REMOVAL
1 Remove screw (1) and disconnect range lever (2).
F0128660
2 Remove screws (3) and remove the complete range gear selector
assembly (4).
4 3
3
F0144730
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Mating face: Silastic
D0024390
30-121
Disassembly
1 Remove springs (1) and pins (2).
1 2
F0085130
F0085140
3 Remove screws (4) and raise lever support assembly (5) and
creeper range control rod (6) and remove fork (7).
30-122
11
F0085170
F0085180
12
F0087690
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Mating face: Silastic
Procedure 2
● Screw: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)
30-123
30.3.4 - Separation of housing from transmission (D0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Separation
1 Remove the four lower screws (1).
1
1
F0144540
2 Position a trolley jack “A” under the housing and a stand “B”
under the transmission.
Force a stand “C” under the towing hitch to prevent the
transmission toppling over.
A B
C
F0144550
3 Remove screws (2) and (3) and remove carrier assembly (4).
2 4
3 F0129472
30-124
6 5
F0144560
F0129201
F0129081
10
11
F0129091
30-125
IMPORTANT
13 12
F0129131
IMPORTANT 15 14
F0129101
16 18
F01291 12
20
F0129121
30-126
21
F0121653
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-127
Reconnection
Reconnect the transmission and engine by reversing the separation operation and carry out the following procedures:
Procedures 11-16
● Nut: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.)
● Fixing: 70±3 Nm (51.6±2.2 lb.ft.)
30-128
30.3.5 - Shuttle assembly - complete unit (D0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.8 - Silencer - Page 30-99 - (C0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.1.1 - Engine - Separatio... - Page 30-2 - (B0.00.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
3 Use a slide hammer puller to detach the shuttle unit (2) from the
housing (3).
30-129
4 Screw in two service stud bolts “B” and remove shuttle unit (2).
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-130
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the
following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Apply a thin film of sealant around holes “A” .
❍ Mating face: Loctite 510
❍ O-ring: grease
30-131
Disassembly
1 Place shuttle unit (1) on a suitable stand and remove the seven
screws (2).
IMPORTANT
4
4
F0104670
F0104680
30-132
5 Recover springs (7) and pins (8) from reverse drive clutch
assembly (6). 7
8 7
F0104690
IMPORTANT
F0104700
Assembly
1 Locate springs (7) and pins (8) in clutch assembly (6).
7
8 7
F0104690
2 Make sure that the last friction disc locates correctly on the hub.
F0130080
30-133
3 Locate clutch assembly (5), making sure that springs (10) are
positioned in the holes and that locating dowel (11) is aligned
with the corresponding hole in clutch housing (7).
F0104670
F0104700
6 Locate flange (3), taking care to align the marks made during
disassembly or align locating dowel (12).
IMPORTANT
30-134
2 2
F0104651
30-135
Disassembly
1 Remove seals (1).
F0104710
IMPORTANT
F0104720
F0104730
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
30-136
Procedure 2
● Make sure that oil seal (3) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 1
● Seal rings: hydraulic oil
30-137
30.3.8 - Disassembly of the forward drive clutch assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
2
7 6
1
10 4
13 5
11
8
12
14
D0040980
Disassembly
1 Remove the two screws (1) and remove disc (2).
IMPORTANT 1
3
Mark the hole in which pin (3) is inserted.
1
F0129650
30-138
IMPORTANT
4
F0129660
F0129670
4 Blow compressed air at low pressure through the hole in the side
of clutch housing (10) to expel piston (11).
IMPORTANT
A
Restrain piston (11) as it could be expelled at
high speed and thus damaged.
11
10
F0129680
5 Check the condition of O-rings (12) and (13) and renew them if
necessary.
13
12
F0104780
30-139
6 Only if necessary
Remove bearing (14) from hub (8).
14 8
D0040990
Installation
1 Only if removed
Using a suitable drift, fit bearing (14) on hub (8).
14 8
D0040990
IMPORTANT 13 10
3 Fit piston (11) in clutch housing (10) and make sure it is properly
seated.
11
10
F0129690
30-140
IMPORTANT
F0129700
5 Fit hub (8) and make sure bearing (14) is firmly seated in Belleville
spring (9). 8
F0129710
6 Fit first steel disc (7), friction disc (5) and corrugated spring (4).
7 4
IMPORTANT 5
F0129720
7 Complete the clutch pack by fitting steel disc (6), friction disc (5) 4
and corrugated spring (4) in sequence. 6
5
● Friction discs: hydraulic oil
F0129730
30-141
IMPORTANT 1
3
Orient the disc so pin (3) can be inserted in the
1
hole marked during disassembly.
F0129650
30-142
30.3.9 - Disassembly of the reverse drive clutch assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
4 4
5
11
6
10
7 8
16 17
14
12
13 15
D0040960
30-143
Disassembly
1 Remove needle roller bearing (1).
F0129740
IMPORTANT
F0129750
F0129760
4 Only if necessary
Using three screws as a driving tool, remove bearing (7) from
hub (6). 6 7
D0040970
30-144
IMPORTANT
A F0129770
6 Check the condition of O-rings (10) and (11) and renew them if
necessary.
11
10
F0129780
12 13
F0129790
14
F0129800
30-145
F0129810
15
F0129820
F0129830
Installation
1 Fit rings (17) on support (8).
17
● Seal rings: Hydraulic oil
8
F0129830
30-146
15
F0129820
12 13
F0129790
4 Fit the clutch housing (15) on support (8) and secure it in position
with circlip (14). 15
14
F0129840
30-147
6 Fit piston (9) in clutch housing (15) and make sure it is properly
seated.
15
F0129691
7 Using a press and suitable drift, install bearing (7) on hub (6).
Fit hub (6) on clutch housing (15). 6
6
15 F0129850
8 Fit first steel disc (5), friction disc (3) and corrugated spring (2).
5
3
4 F0129721
9 Complete the clutch pack by fitting steel disc (4), friction disc (3)
4
and corrugated spring (2) in sequence. 3
● Friction discs: hydraulic oil.
2 F0129731
30-148
F0129741
30-149
Removal
1 DANGER
1
2
F0128670
3 Loosen unions (3) and (4) and remove the pipe (5).
IMPORTANT
5
4
F0108652
30-150
4 Attach the Hi-Lo unit (6) to a hoist and take up the slack in the
lifting rope.
F0128680
5 Remove the three screws (7) on the right-hand side, and screws
(8) and the four nuts (9) on the left-hand side.
7
8
9
7
F0128690
F0128700
Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 6
● For version with mechanical shuttle
❍ Mating faces: Loctite 518
30-151
Procedure 2
● Mating faces: Silastic 738
Procedure 1
● Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
❍ Transmission oil: max 50 l (13.2 US. gall.)
30-152
30.3.11 - Disassembly of the Hi-Lo unit (D0.04.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.5 - Fenders - Page 30-357 - (G0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Disassembly
1 DANGER
F0108690
IMPORTANT
4 3
F0108651
30-153
F0108700
F0108710
F0108720
7 Remove the six screws (10) and remove the complete Hi gear
clutch housing (11).
10
11
F0144740
30-154
8 Remove spacer (12) and the first plain steel plate (13).
IMPORTANT 13
Note that this plate is 5 mm thick.
12
F0144750
14
F0144760
16
17
F0108761
18
19
F0128710
30-155
20
20
21
F0128720
13 Remove the Hi-Lo unit housing (22) and remove gasket (23).
23
IMPORTANT
22
F0128730
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
IMPORTANT
If the Hi-Lo unit was removed in order to overhaul the clutches or the piston, refit the unit by following the removal
steps in reverse order. In all other cases, check the end float of the sun gears of the final drive unit. (For details, see
“Adjustment of the planetary reduction gear end float” in this chapter).
Procedure 11
● Before installing the complete planet carrier assembly (18), check
that planet gears are still correctly positioned relative to hub (19), 18
i.e. that the notches on one tooth of each planet pinion are all
converging on the centre when the hub is in position.
19
F0128762
30-156
Procedure 9
● Install a steel plate (15) followed by a friction plate (14) to
complete the clutch pack. 15
14
F0144760
● Install the first plain steel plate (13) (thickness 5.0 mm) and
spacer (12).
13
12
F0144750
Procedure 6
8
● Fit cover (9) and tighten screws (8). 9
❍ Mating face: Loctite 518
F0108720
Procedure 5
● Temporarily install cover (6) and secure in position with screws
(5).
6
● Screw a service bolt (A) (M12x45) fully into the hole on the
Lo range clutch housing in order to gain access to the circlip 5
groove.
A
F0128740
30-157
Procedure 5
● Remove cover (6) and fit circlip (7).
F0108710
Procedure 4
● Mating face: Loctite 518
Procedure 1
● Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
❍ Transmission oil: approx. 50 l (13.2 US. gall.)
F0144770
2 With a feeler gauge “A”, measure the clearance “R” between hub
(2) and gear (4).
2
F0144780
3 Calculate the thickness “S” of the shims to be installed between hub (2) and circlip (3) using the formula:
● S = R – F where:
❍ S = final shim thickness
❍ R = measured dimension
❍ F= fixed clearance (0.4±0.2 mm)
● Example:
30-158
❍ R = 1.30
❍ S = 1.30 – 0.4 = 0.90 mm
30-159
1
3
2
D0049060
Disassembly
1 Remove hub (1) from the planet carrier.
1
D0049070
30-160
F0108821
4
5
F0145170
6
6 F0145180
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use
caution in relation to the following procedures:
4
Procedure 1
● Make sure that planet pinions (4) are correctly positioned relative
to the hub (1), i.e. that the notches present on one tooth of each
planet pinion are all converging on the centre when the hub is in
position.
1
F0128763
30-161
30.3.13 - Disassembly of the Hi range clutch housing (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
4
5
6 7
10 8 9
16
11
22
13
12
21
14
15 20
17 19 18 D0048940
Disassembly
1 DANGER
The use of service tool T3 (code 5.9030.676.0) is essential for this procedure.
30-162
IMPORTANT
3 Relieve the staking and remove nut (3) using special wrench T4
(code 5.9030.603.0).
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-163
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-164
10 Remove the four friction discs (12) and four plain steel discs
(13).
30-165
14 Remove the complete shaft (2) from clutch cylinder (15) and
remove spring (17).
30-166
18 Make sure that check valve (22) functions correctly and that hole
(F) is not blocked by impurities.
Installation
1 Fit O-ring (21) on Lo range piston (20).
● O-ring: transmission oil
30-167
5 Fit spring (17) on shaft (2) and position it on service tool T3 (code
5.9030.676.0) making sure that the tab locates in the slot on the
shaft.
30-168
11 Fit spacer (9) and shim pack (8) with thickness “A” measured
during disassembly or calculated during the Belleville spring
preload adjustment procedure.
12 DANGER
If the Belleville springs have been renewed, adjust the spring preload (For details, see “Spring preload
adjustment”).
30-169
DANGER
If shim packs (5) and (8) have got mixed up and you have not made a note of the dimensions “A” and “B”, fit
a new spring pack and carry out the spring preload adjustment procedure (for details, see “Spring preload
adjustment”) and then proceed with the assembly.
IMPORTANT
14 Fit spacer (6) and shim pack (5) with thickness “B” measured
during disassembly or calculated during the spring preload
adjustment procedure.
15 Fit bearing (4) taking care that the groove for the circlip is facing
upwards.
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-170
16 Fit nut (3) and tighten with the special wrench T5 (code
5.9030.503.0).
● Nut: 147 Nm
IMPORTANT
The adjustment procedure mist be carried out whenever the Belleville springs are renewed or if shim packs (5)
and (8) have got mixed up and the technician has not made a note of dimensions “A” and “B”.
30-171
5 Locate spacer (3) and fit spacer (1) in clutch housing (4).
30-172
7 ● Example:
❍ C =20.32
❍ L = 3.52
❍ M = 20.32 – 3.52 = 16.80
9 Install the shim pack (5) and the spacer (1) and check, as
described in point 5, that the new dimension C is between 17.65
and 17.75 mm.
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-173
30.3.14 - Hi-Lo unit output shaft disassembly procedure (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.11 - Disassembly of th... - Page 30-153 - (D0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
4
3 7
2
1
D0048960
5
Disassembly
1 Remove roller bearing races (1) and spacer (2).
1 2 1
F0144810
30-174
2 Remove circlip (3) and remove the thrust washer of bearing (4).
3 4
F0083331
4 Only if necessary
Remove circlip (6) and roller bearing race (7) from Hi-Lo output
shaft (5). 5
6
F0144820
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-175
30.3.15 - Disassembly of the gearbox input shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
6 10 11
7
5 2
3
4
8
9
D0040870
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove the complete shaft assembly
(2).
1
2
1
F0129000
3 4
F0129010
30-176
F0129020
F0129030
F0129040
6 Using a press and suitable tool, remove bearing (10) and flange
(11) from shaft (2).
10
11
12
F0129050
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
30-177
Procedure 6
● Note which way round flange (11) and bearing (10) are installed
relative to shaft (2). 10
11
D0040930
Procedure 3
● Fit bearing (7). 7
F0129030
● Hold bearing (7) in place with service washers and install bearing
6
(6) on shaft (5).
7
F0129060
F0129070
30-178
Removal
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-179
30.3.17 - Disassembly of the primary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.11 - Disassembly of th... - Page 30-153 - (D0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
3
2 7 6
1
5
D0048950
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove gear (2).
2
F0128980
30-180
F0128990
5
6
F0144790
F0144800
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-181
30.3.18 - Secondary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Withdraw secondary shaft (1), Hi-Lo output shaft (2) and recover
needle roller bearings (3) and spacer (4).
3 2
1 4
F0131200
5 6
F0144830
F0144840
30-182
5 Remove screw (9) and remove 1st speed selector fork (10) and
synchronizer assembly (11). 11
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
9
Note the position of the synchronizer . 10
F0144860
6 Remove the driven gear (12) of the 1st gear, remove the circlip
(13) and thrust washer(14). 13
IMPORTANT
14
12
F0144870
7 Remove lower plugs (15) and recover springs (16) and (17) and
balls (18).
16 17
IMPORTANT 15
18
F0128832
19
F0128840
30-183
20
21 F0128850
22
F0128860
11 Withdraw rod (23) and recover 4th-5th speed selector fork (24).
23 24
F0128870
12 Recover spring (25), ball (26) and detents (27) from the gearbox
support.
26
25
27
F0128880
30-184
28
29
F0128921
30
31
F0128891
33
32
F0144880
34
F0128910
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-185
Procedure 7
● Plugs: Loctite 542
Procedure 5
● Fixing: 25 Nm (18.4 lb.ft.)
● Fixing: Loctite 270
30-186
30.3.19 - Disassembly of the secondary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.11 - Disassembly of th... - Page 30-153 - (D0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1 3 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 15 16
18 19
A B C D
5 7 9 11 14 17
D0048980
30-187
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and 2nd speed gear (2).
F0144890
F0144900
IMPORTANT 6
IMPORTANT
F0144910
IMPORTANT 8
7
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
F0144920
30-188
IMPORTANT 10
9
Note the orientation of the lubrication points.
F0144930
F0144940
IMPORTANT 13
F0144950
F0144960
30-189
IMPORTANT
17
F0144970
10 Only if necessary
Remove circlip (18) and roller bearing race (19).
19
18
F0144821
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 8
● Take care to install synchronizer (15) the right way round. 15
D0048990
Procedure 5
● Take care to install thrust washers (9) and (11) the right way
round.
9
11
D0049000
30-190
Procedure 3
● Take care to install synchronizer (6) the right way round. 6
D0049010
30-191
Removal
After having performed the pre-disassembly operations, the assembly will be already disconnected from the tractor.
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-192
30.3.21 - Complete gearbox assembly - Version with Hi-Lo (D0.09.04) (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.5 - Fenders - Page 30-357 - (G0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Detach connector (1) remove screws (2) and remove gear shift
lever (3). 1
F0128782
F0128791
30-193
F0128801
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Mating face: Silastic 738
D0027990
Procedure 1
● Mating faces: Silastic 738
● Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
❍ Transmission oil: max 50 l (13.2 US. gall.)
30-194
30.3.22 - Adjustment of the differential - Bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.13.1 - Towing hitch slide - Page 30-518 - (V0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.29 - PTO output shaft ... - Page 30-231 - (D0.14.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle - Page 30-248 - (E0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle - Page 30-257 - (E0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.7 - Park Brake assembly - Page 30-267 - (E0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
30-195
See para. 30.4.5 - Rear differential - Page 30-260 - (E0.02.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
3
2
A
12
13
1
8
5
7
4
11 11
10
D0049100
30-196
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT 1
IMPORTANT
1
3
F0085460
4 Remove the outer race of bearing (5) and relative shims (6) from
flange (4) on the crown wheel side. 5
IMPORTANT
4
Note the thickness “S” of shim pack (6) (e.g.,
0.80 mm).
F0145190
30-197
5 Remove the outer race of bearing (8) and shims (9) from flange
(7) on the opposite side to the crown wheel.
8
7
9
F0145200
Install the outer race of bearing (5) in crown wheel side flange (4),
with shim pack (6) approximately 0.5 mm less than the measured
6
dimension “S”.
4 F0145210
● Example:
● Measured dimension = 0.80 mm
Thickness of shim pack (6) to be installed: 0.30 mm
7 Heat the inner race of bearing (8) to approx. 80 °C and install on
differential (10) on the side opposite to the crown wheel. 8 9 8
IMPORTANT
10
Check that bearing (8) seats against the shoulder
on the differential.
Install the outer race of bearing (8) and a 1.00 mm thick shim
pack (9) on flange (7) on the opposite side to the crown wheel.
7 F0145220
10
F0084861
30-198
2 Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws
(11).
11
● While tightening screws (11), rotate the differential unit to
help seat the bearings.
Bearings: transmission oil
Screws: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
11
F0145230
3 Position a dial gauge with magnetic stand “A” on the crown wheel
side of differential carrier (4) and set it to zero on the end face of 4
the differential while simultaneously forcing the differential with
lever “B” towards the opposite side.
Force the differential towards the crown wheel side and measure
end float “G”.
IMPORTANT
A
If the end float is zero, adjust shim pack (9) on
the opposite side to the crown wheel to 0.70 mm F0145240
4 Add 0.10 mm to the measured end float value “G” and round up to the nearest 0.05 mm to determine the shim thickness to be
added under the outer ring of bearing (8) on the opposite side to the crown wheel.
Example:
● Measured value: 0.28 mm
Nominal value: 0.28 + 0.10 = 0.38 mm
Actual shim thickness to be added: 0.40 mm
5 Remove screws (11) on both sides, leaving just one in position
for safety.
11
11
F0145230
30-199
F0145250
7 Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).
F0145260
10
F0084861
F0085530
30-200
F0087720
10
F0084861
4 Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws
(11).
11
● Screws: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
While tightening screws (11), check for the presence of
clearance between the differential and pinion (1). If the
differential is seated against the pinion, adjust the shim
packs installed under the outer races of the bearings
so as to reduce the thickness of the pack on the crown
wheel side and increase the thickness of the pack on the 11
opposite side by the same amount. F0145230
5 Use a feeler gauge to measure the distance “D” between the end
face of pinion (1) and the Ø 174 section of differential (10) (in this 1
example 4.85).
Calculate dimension “R” by adding dimension “E” previously read D
on the tooth of pinion (1) to the design value of 4.00 mm.
If the value “E” is positive, as in the case reported in the
figure, it should be added to the design value of 4.00 mm: 10
30-201
Formula: S = D - R
● which in our example gives: S = 4.85 - 4.15 = 0.70 mm 1
10
F0087791
11
F0145230
F0145250
8 Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).
F0145260
30-202
10
F0084861
F0085540
F0087730
30-203
13
Circlip (13) installed should in any case ensure
pinion end float of less than 0.1 mm. 1
F0085550
10
F0084861
2 Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws
(11).
11
● While tightening screws (11), rotate differential assembly
(10) to help seat the bearings.
Bearings: transmission oil
Screws: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
11
F0145230
F0085560
30-204
30-205
30.3.23 - Disassembly of the rear pinion (D0.11.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.7 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-98 - (C0.06.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.13.1 - Towing hitch slide - Page 30-518 - (V0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.29 - PTO output shaft ... - Page 30-231 - (D0.14.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle - Page 30-248 - (E0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle - Page 30-257 - (E0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.5 - Rear differential - Page 30-260 - (E0.02.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.7 - Park Brake assembly - Page 30-267 - (E0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.21 - Complete gearbox ... - Page 30-193 - (D0.09.04) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
14
11 15
12 3
10
9 6
16 D0041060
30-206
Disassembly
1 Loosen union (1) and remove lubrication pipe (2).
F0084952
F0109301
F0084972
Fit a suitable bush on Syncro PTO shaft (7) and loosen nut (6) by
turning the output shaft clockwise.
IMPORTANT
7
If possible, relieve the staking on nut (6).
F0144980
30-207
IMPORTANT
8
F0098661
D0032272
D0032282
13
F0144990
30-208
F0085027
F0085031
15
F0085127
12 Only if necessary
Using a press and a suitable puller, remove bearing (15) from
pinion shaft (5).
5
15
F0085067
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
30-209
Procedure 11
● Before fitting bearing (15) on pinion shaft (5), lubricate the inner
races of the bearing.
5
❍ Bearing: transmission oil
● During assembly of bearing (15), rotate the outer race to bed in
the rollers and ensure smooth rotation.
15
F0085099
Procedure 5
● Stake nut (6).
6
F0085081
Procedure 4
T
● Renew nut (6) on reassembly.
● Tighten the nut by turning the Syncro PTO output shaft counter-
clockwise and using service wrench T (code 5.9030.984.0).
❍ Nut: Loctite 270
❍ Nut: Nominal tightening torque: 460±20Nm (339±14.7
lb.ft.)
❍ Tightening torque using the Syncro PTO output shaft
390±17Nm 287.4±12.5 lb.ft). F0145000
● If the bevel gear pair, the bearings of the pinion or differential or the transmission casing are renewed, adjust the bevel gear
pair.
30-210
30.3.24 - Disassembly of the 4WD output shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.13.1 - Towing hitch slide - Page 30-518 - (V0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.21 - Complete gearbox ... - Page 30-193 - (D0.09.04) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.29 - PTO output shaft ... - Page 30-231 - (D0.14.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.11 - Services solenoid... - Page 30-438 - (H0.10.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle - Page 30-248 - (E0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle - Page 30-257 - (E0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.5 - Rear differential - Page 30-260 - (E0.02.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.23 - Disassembly of th... - Page 30-206 - (D0.11.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
13 17 16 12 11 10 8
18
5
1 14 15 6
D0049030
30-211
Disassembly
1 Remove snap ring (1).
1
F0096980
IMPORTANT 2
F0085381
F0085391
F0085401
30-212
5 Using a soft metal punch, partially drive out shaft (7) and remove
gear (8).
7 8
F008541 1
F0085421
15
14
F0145090
17
18
F0085453
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-213
REMOVAL
1 Loosen union (1), remove clamp (2) and disconnect pipe (3).
1
3
F0129 111
2 Disconnect pipe (4), remove screws (5) and remove pipe (6).
6
4
F0122671
7 F0122681
30-214
4 Loosen the upper and lower unions (9) and disconnect the PTO
control hoses (10).
5 Using a slide hammer puller, remove the PTO drive shaft (11).
11
F0084343
6 Remove the screw and mount (12) and remove manifold (13).
IMPORTANT
13 14
F0145020
IMPORTANT
15
Check the condition of the O-rings (16) and
renew them if necessary.
16
F0084362
30-215
8 Dislodge circlip (17) from its seat and insert driver sleeve (18) in
clutch assembly (19). 19
17
18
F0084374
9 Fully loosen union (20) and disconnect lubrication pipe (21) from
clutch assembly (19).
21
20
19
F0084382
19
F0084393
18
17 21 F0084404
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
30-216
Procedure 11
19
● Install driver sleeve (18) in clutch assembly (19) complete with
circlip (17) and spacer (21).
18
Spacer (21) must always be installed when carrying out the
overhaul or renewal of any of the assemblies or components
associated with operation of the rear PTO.
17 21 F0084404
Procedure 5
● Move driver sleeve (18) towards the front of the tractor so that it
seats against O-ring (23). 23
18
D0036441
F0084424
Procedure 3
● Mating face: Silastic
D0024300
30-217
Procedure 2
● Renew gasket (22) after every removal.
22
F0084414
30-218
3 4 5 6 7 16 17 13
21
19
1
20
24
25
26
1
9 22
11 18
8
2 27
23
12 10 14 15
D0036450
30-219
Disassembly
1 Using a suitable wrench T7 remove accumulator (1).
● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
4 Remove steel disc (5) and then remove all friction discs (6) and
5 6
steel discs (7).
F0084460
30-220
F0084470
8 Turn the assembly over and blow compressed air at low pressure
into the hole on clutch housing (13) to expel piston (14).
30-221
9 Remove O-ring (15) from piston (14) and remove O-ring (17)
from hub (16).
10 Remove screws (18) and remove cover (19), friction disc (20)
and steel disc (21). 18
19
21
18
20
11 Blow compressed air at low pressure through the hole in the side
of clutch housing (13) to expel piston (22). 13 22
12 Remove O-ring (23) from piston (22) and O-ring (24) from clutch
housing (13). 22
13
24
23
30-222
26
25
27
Assembly
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
Procedure 15
● Rings: Oil
Procedures 9-12
● O-rings: Oil
Procedures 4-10
● Friction discs: Oil
30-223
Procedure 3
● Position the clutch assembly vertically and, using a feeler gauge,
check that the clearance “G” between circlip (3) and spacer (4)
is within the tolerance limits. If the clearance exceeds tolerance
limits, add another spacer (4).
clearance “G”: 0.6-2.0 mm
Procedures 1-2
● Accumulator and pressure relief valve: Loctite 542
30-224
30.3.27 - Pump drive PTO - Outer gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
3 8
6
2 9
10 7
8
6
5
3
D0040770
Fig.129
30-225
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2).
1
2
1
F0129220
F0129230
F0129240
4 Withdraw sleeve (7), bearings (8), spacer (9) and gear (10) from
the transmission casing. 10
● Insert a tie “A” in sleeve (7) to prevent spacer (9) from 7 9 7
falling inside the transmission. 8
8
F0129250
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
30-226
Procedure 3
● Moisten the paper gasket with Loctite 510
Procedure 1
● Mating face: Silastic 738
30-227
30.3.28 - Pump drive PTO - Inner gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.1 - Right-hand rear axle - Page 30-248 - (E0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.4.3 - Left-hand rear axle - Page 30-257 - (E0.02.02) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1).
F0085610
30-228
2 Using a soft metal punch, drive out driving gear assembly (2)
and spacer (3). 2
3
F0085620
F0085630
5 Only if necessary:
Remove circlip (6) and withdraw spacer (7) and roller bearing
(8).
Remove O-ring (9).
Assembly
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
30-229
Procedure 4
● For 85 HP versions only:
Install bearing (5) with plastic shield on gear (2).
30-230
30.3.29 - PTO output shaft - 4 speed version (D0.14.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.7 - Rear remote contro... - Page 30-429 - (H0.07.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
22 14 13
19
23
18
25
26
21 20 15 16 17 24 D0049510
REMOVAL
1 Remove the P.T.O. guard (1) and rear hook (2).
30-231
6 Loosen and remove screw (9), extract shaft (10) and shoe (11).
Move hose (12) towards the front of the tractor.
30-232
7 Remove circlip (13) retaining bearing (14) and push gear (15)
and the bearing towards the front of the tractor.
9 Keeping gear (17) in place, extract shaft (18) complete with rear
bearing (19) and needle roller bearings (20).
30-233
11 Push shaft (23) towards the front of the tractor and extract gear
(15) complete with bearing (14).
12 Remove needle roller bearings (20) and spacer (24) from the
shaft. 20 24 19 25
Remove the circlip (25), thrust washer (26) and using a puller,
remove bearing (19).
18
26
D0049520
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 12
● Take care to install bearing (19) the right way round.
Procedure 7
● Take care to install bearing (14) the right way round.
Procedure 6
● Screw: Loctite 270
Procedures 2-4
● Mating face: Silastic
D0024260
Procedure 2
● Nuts: Loctite 270
30-234
30.3.30 - Disassembly of the PTO output shaft - 4 speed version (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.13.1 - Towing hitch slide - Page 30-518 - (V0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
11 14 12 16 17 18 19 21 4
12
3
22
10
13 20 9 2 D0049040
Disassembly
1 Version with fitted output shaft
Remove the PTO nuts and flange (1). 1
F0145100
30-235
2
3
F01451 10
F0145120
F0145130
F0122701
30-236
6 Remove the bracket (6) and the PTO speed selector rod (7).
F0145140
IMPORTANT A
8
Renew the nut on each reassembly
F0145150
F0084612
10 14
D0049050
30-237
15
F0084632
16
17
F0084642
18
F0145270
19
21 20
F0084663
30-238
22
F00851 13
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 13
21
● Take care to install bearing (21) the right way round relative to
shaft (9).
D0024353
Procedure 7
● Ringnut: 88±1 Nm (64.9±0.74 lb.ft.)
Stake ringnut (8).
8
F0084682
Procedure 6
● Check the condition of O-ring (23) and renew it if necessary. 23
O-ring: Grease
F0145160
30-239
30.3.31 - Disassembly of the Groundspeed PTO output shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Disassembly
1 Remove nuts (1) and remove cover (2).
● Mark the top of cover (2) to avoid error on reassembly.
1
F0084690
30-240
2 Check that the Groundspeed PTO lever (3) is in the “ON” position
to prevent the engagement sleeve from falling.
30-241
D0024381
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 7
● Take care to install oil seal (10) the right way round relative to 2 10
cover (2).
D0024381
30-242
Disassembly
1 Remove screw (1), withdraw drive shaft (2) and recover lever (3),
shoe (4) and sleeve (5).
● Renew the screw on reassembly.
Assembly
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
Procedure 1
● Check the condition of O-ring (6) and renew it if necessary.
● Screw: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)
30-243
30.3.33 - Disassembly of the 4WD engagement device - Easyshift (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Cab - Page 30-344 - (G0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.4 - Separation of hous... - Page 30-124 - (D0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.21 - Complete gearbox ... - Page 30-193 - (D0.09.04) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
2 12 15 10 11 16
1
5
7
8 9 14
13
3 D0049020
30-244
Disassembly
1 Remove oil seal (1) and circlip (2).
IMPORTANT 2
1
F0145030
4
3
F0129270
F0145040
4 Remove circlip (6) and remove bearing (7) from hub (5).
6 6
7 7
D0040940
30-245
F0145050
11
10
9
F0145060
12
F012931 1
13
F0145070
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-246
Procedure 8
●
IMPORTANT
F0145080
Procedure 7
●
IMPORTANT 15
Check the condition of the O-rings (15) and
renew them if necessary.
F0129330
Procedure 6
14
●
IMPORTANT
14
D0040950
Procedure 5
● Screw: Loctite 242
● Screw: 20 Nm
Procedure 2
● Mating face: Silastic 738
30-247
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and depress the parking brake repeatedly to
discharge residual pressure.
2 Remove nuts (1) and disconnect bracket (2) from the axle.
2
1
F0145350
4
3
F0145360
4 Using a suitable hoist “A”, raise the cab slightly on the right hand
side and keep in place.
F0087220
30-248
F0083941
7 Remove all ten screws (9) and the two nuts (10)
10
F0145380
8 Attach the axle (11) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting
rope.
11
F0145390
30-249
9 Remove screw (12) and using a service screw “B” (M10x120 with
full-length thread) or a threaded rod, separate axle (11) from the
transmission.
Tighten removed screw (12) and repeat the procedure with the
remaining screws until axle (11) is completely detached from the 11
transmission.
12 B
F0145400
IMPORTANT
11
F0145410
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 10
● Mating face: Loctite 518
● Carefully check the O-ring, position it and lubricate with oil.
D0024150
Procedure 7
● Screws and nuts: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6
● Bleed the air from the braking system.
● Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
30-250
13 11 12 7 9 10 8 5 1
4
D0049130
Disassembly
1 Using a puller, remove ring gear (1).
F0084021
30-251
F0084031
3 Remove screw (3) and remove spacer (4) and shims (5).
5 4
3
F0084041
F0084051
8 7
F0084061
30-252
F0084071
7 Withdraw bearing outer race (9) and oil seal (8) from axle housing
(10).
10
F0084081
8 Withdraw bearing outer race (11) and disc (12) from axle housing
11
(9).
12
12 11
F0071 124
9 Remove bearing inner race (11) from axle half shaft (7).
11
F0084092
30-253
10 Only if necessary:
Remove the back-up ring of oil seal (13).
13
IMPORTANT
F0071 143
IMPORTANT
7
Renew the oil seal on reassembly. 13
IMPORTANT
D0024182
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 9
● Fill the zone outlined in the drawing with grease.
D0024231
Procedures 5-7
● Procedure 5: Lubricate bearing (8) and the lip of oil seal (10).
● Procedure 7: Take care to install oil seal (10) the right way
round.
10
D0024221
30-254
Procedure 3
3 4
● Provisionally fit spacer (4) and screw (3) without shims and
tighten.
Screw: 29.4 Nm (21.7 lb.ft.)
D0024201
● After tightening to the specified torque, rotate the axle housing while holding the axle shaft still to allow the bearings to seat
correctly, then tighten screw (3) again.
● Repeat the procedure until screw (3) no longer turns.
● Remove screw (3) and spacer (4) and, using a depth gauge
“F” and calibrated shims “G” of approximately 25mm, measure
dimensions “A” and “B”. F
G G
F0084101
be 1.40 mm.
● Fit shim pack (5), spacer (4) and secure in positions by tightening
screw (3).
Screw: 177±9 Nm (130.5±6.6 lb.ft.) 5 4 3
Screw: Loctite 270
F0084 111
30-255
Procedure 1
● Mating faces: Loctite 518
D0049140
30-256
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and depress the parking brake repeatedly to
discharge residual pressure.
2 Perform the same operations described for the right-hand rear axle.
30-257
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove pins (2).
30-258
2 Remove planet gears (3) with shims (4) and remove roller
bearings (5) and spacer (6).
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Lubricate roller bearings (4).
● Roller bearings: oil
30-259
REMOVAL
1 Remove plugs (1) and (2).
IMPORTANT 1
F0145310
F0084770
30-260
5
4
F0145320
F0084790
5 Finally remove rod (5), selector fork (8), spring (9) and spacer
(10).
9
8
10
F0084800
6 Using a slide hammer puller, remove the PTO drive shaft (11).
11
F0084343
30-261
7 Remove nuts (12) on both sides and remove the lubrication hose
(13). 12
12
13
F0145330
14
F0145231
15
F0145251
10 Remove the last screw (14) and remove flanges (15) on both
sides.
15
IMPORTANT
F0145261
30-262
16
F0145340
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 8
● Fixing: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
30-263
21 3
20
10 16
13 18
15
8
9 5
6 4
7
1
Disassembly
1 Using a puller, remove bearing (1).
IMPORTANT
30-264
4
F0145280
F0145290
30-265
6 Withdraw pins (9) and (10) and remove the planet pinions (11)
and (12) and relative thrust washers (13) and (14). 12
11 14
13
9 10
7 Withdraw pin (15) and remove the planet pinions (16) and (17)
and relative thrust washers (18) and (19). 17
16
19
18
15 15 F0145300
21
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 4-6-7-8
● Gears and thrust washers: Transmission oil
Procedure 3
● Screws: Engine oil
Screws: 112±5,5 Nm (82.5±4.0 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1
● If the transmission casing, differential or bevel gear pair are renewed, do not fit bearings (1) and (2) in this phase and proceed
as described in the chapter “BEVEL GEAR PAIR”.
30-266
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and depress the parking brake repeatedly to
discharge residual pressure.
3 Fit tool “A” and secure in place by means of screws (2) tightened
down without exerting excessive force.
30-267
IMPORTANT
5 Loosen and remove screws (3) retaining the braking system (4)
.
6 Insert an eye-bolt “B” in upper hole “F”, attach the hoist and
tension slightly.
Insert the half shaft (5) until the brake disks are engaged.
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
30-268
Procedure 7
● Mating face: Loctite 518
Procedure 5
● Fixing: 28,3-31,2 Nm
30-269
7
1
2 6
11
8
10
D0049630
Disassembly
1 Remove the first friction disc (1) steel disc (2) and then the
second friction disc (1);. Remove axle shaft (3).
30-270
2 Position the brake assembly (4) on a work top with tool “A” facing
upwards.
IMPORTANT
5 Remove tool “A” and reaction ring (7) of the Belleville spring.
30-271
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
9 Only if necessary
Remove the service brake backlash recovery units (10) by means
of a disassembly key inserted in the lower hex nut.
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-272
Procedure 9
● Backlash recovery unit: Loctite 243
● Backlash recovery unit: 18-19 Nm
● Lubricate the spring pins on each oil change.
Procedures 7-8
● Lubricate the O-rings with gearbox oil
30-273
30.5.1 - Separation of front support from engine (F0.01.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.2 - Front hood and sid... - Page 30-352 - (G0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.1 - Radiator - Page 30-83 - (C0.01.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.7.8 - Bleeding the braki... - Page 30-432 - (E0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Separation
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Close valves (1) turning them clockwise and detach upper pipes
(2) .
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-274
4 Remove locknuts (4) and tilt the valves (1) towards the front of
the tractor.
5 Extract pin (5) and disengage the front PTO drive shaft (6).
6 Loosen nut (7) and with screw (8) loosen the drive belt (9) of
compressor (10) until it can be released from the engine pulley.
7 Loosen screws (11) and detach belt (12) from the engine pulley
(13).
30-275
10 Drive two non-slip “B” wedges between the front support (15)
and axle (16) to prevent the support from tipping.
Connect the hoist and tension slightly.
30-276
12 Force the front wheels and detach the front support unit complete
with axle.
Reconnection
Reconnect in reverse of removal.
30-277
REMOVAL
1 Position a stand “A” under the engine block.
F0145420
2 Using a pin punch, remove pin (1) and withdraw PTO drive shaft
(2) towards the rear of the tractor.
2
F0079604
3 Detach pipes (3), remove screws (4) and tilt the valve assembly
(5) towards the front.
4
IMPORTANT
5
IMPORTANT
30-278
IMPORTANT
F0145430
F0120313
5 Position a jack “B” under the front support (7) and drive two
wedges “C” between axle (8) and front support (7) to prevent the
7
support from tipping.
B 8
F0120322
10
F0120332
30-279
11
12
F0120343
IMPORTANT
7
Recover the shims installed between the front
support and engine sump, making a note of their
positions.
IMPORTANT
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 8
● If the engine or engine sump are replaced, or if the shims are
no longer separate or are lost, the shimming procedure must be
performed as follows:
● Before installing the front support, measure the distance “X” X
between the underside of the engine block and the face of the
sump.
F0120361
13
F0120372
30-280
Procedure 7
● Nuts and screws: 300±1,5 Nm (221.1±1.1 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6
● Adjust the tension of the fuel pump drive belt.
Procedure 4
● Nuts: 300±1,5 Nm (221.1±1.1 lb.ft.)
● Bleed the front brakes circuit.
30-281
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Lift the front of the tractor so that the front tyres are clear of the
ground and position a stand “A” under the engine block.
F0145420
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-282
3 3
3
3
F0079872
F0121520
Assembly
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 6
● If the front support, axle body, or axle pivot brackets are renewed, adjust axle end float before proceeding with the final fixing
of the axle.
Procedure 5
● Nuts: 270±13 Nm (199±9.6 lb.ft.)
30-283
30.5.4 - Adjusting the front axle end float (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.15 - 4WD shaft - Page 30-331 - (F0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1 Install thrust washer (1) and pivot bracket (2) on the rear of the
axle.
1
F0079890
2 Loosen nuts (3) and remove shim packs (4) on both sides. Re-
tighten nuts (3).
3
4
F0079900
5
F0079910
30-284
7 Loosen nuts (3) and use two levers to force axle (8) and support
(12) apart.
30-285
9 Calculate the thickness “S” of shim packs (4) to obtain a final end
float value “G” between 0.1 and 0.4 mm.
Example calculation:
● measured play “A”: 3.20 mm
calculated value “S”: 3.00 mm
residual end float “G”: 0.20 mm
10 Form two shim packs (4) of the same thickness “S” and install
them between axle (8) and support (12) then tighten nuts (3).
● Nuts: 120±6 Nm (88.4±4.4 lb.ft.) 4
8 3
12
F0086420
30-286
Removal
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2
2
1
7
6
30-287
10
13
14 16
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● After installing the steering cylinder, start the engine and repeatedly turn the steering to full lock in both directions to expel any
air from the steering circuit.
30-288
Disassembly
1 Loosen front ringnut (1) by about 5 turns.
F0009110
2 With a soft mallet, lightly tap front ringnut (1) to drive in end cap
(2) by about 3 mm (0.118 in.).
1 2
F0009120
3 Remove ringnut (1) and remove circlip (3) fixing head (2).
F0009130
30-289
F0009140
5 Unscrew and remove self-locking nut (5) and remove piston (6).
Withdraw end cap (2) from rod (7).
7 2
6
F0009150
6 Remove outer O-ring (8), rod wiper (9) and rod guide ring (10)
from end cap (2).
7 Remove outer seal (11) and inner O-ring (12) from piston (6).
11
F0009170
30-290
Installation
1 Fit rod guide (10) and rod wiper (9) in end cap (2).
● Carefully check correct orientation of ring (10).
Fit O-ring (8).
2 Fit a suitable installation guide on the piston (6) and fit piston
sealing O-ring (12) by hand.
12 6
F0009160
11
F0009170
30-291
5 Fit end cap (2) and piston (6) on rod (7); Secure piston (6) with
self-locking nut (5).
● Cylinder end cap: Gearbox oil.
7 2
● Nut: 86÷90 Nm (63.4-66.3 lb.ft.) 6
F0009150
6 Lubricate the seals of the piston and end cap; install the assembly
in the cylinder taking care not to damage the seals.
2
● Seals: Gearbox oil.
● Insert end cap (2) approx. 2 mm (0.08 in.) beyond the seat
of circlip (3).
F0009190
F0009130
30-292
30.5.7 - Steering knuckle housing and half-shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.16 - Planetary reducti... - Page 30-334 - (F0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
3 14 18 15 16
17
19
25 27
23
28
26
24
22
21
13
11 20 12 D0049161
Fig.139
30-293
REMOVAL
1 Remove split pin (1) and loosen nut (2) without removing it.
2
2
F0080221
F0080232
5
6
F0079962
F0079972
30-294
10
F0080241
11
F0080251
7 Tighten screws (11) into the three threaded holes and withdraw
pin (12).
Recover shim (13).
12
13
11
F0080261
14
14
F0080271
30-295
9 Tighten the three screws (14) into the threaded holes and partially
withdraw pin (15).
Recover shims (16). 15
14
16
F0080281
F0080291
11 Remove seal (17), thrust washer (18), and remove the inner race
of bearing (19).
17
18
19
F0080301
12 Remove seal (20) and thrust washer (21) and remove the inner
race of bearing (22).
21
20 22
F008031 1
30-296
23
F0080321
19
22
D0023442
15 Only if necessary: Remove oil seal (25), circlip (26) and needle
roller bearing (27) from axle housing (24).
25 24
27
26
D0023901
D0049170
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
30-297
Procedure 17
24
● Using a suitable drift, install needle roller bearing (27) in axle
housing (24) and secure with circlip (26).
27
26
F0073202
● Using a suitable drift A, install oil seal (25) in the axle housing.
25
F0073215
30-298
276.5
5 x 30
ł 43.8
ł 25
ł 60
ł 45
5.
R7
200 8 18.5 50
D0028600
Fig.140
30-299
Procedure 16
● Adjust the bearings preload only if bearings (19) and (22) or steering knuckle housing (3) or axle housing (24) are renewed.
Procedure 1
● Nut: 98±5 Nm (72.2±3.7 lb.ft.)
If the notch is not aligned with the hole on the pin, tighten down further until it is aligned.
Bleed the front brakes circuit.
30-300
30.5.8 - Adjustment of steering knuckle housing and axle shaft (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-516 - (S0.01.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.16 - Planetary reducti... - Page 30-334 - (F0.06.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.5 - Fenders - Page 30-357 - (G0.04.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
9 12 5 10 11
6
1
3
14
7 15 8 13 D0049160
Fig.141
30-301
F0080322
2 Using a suitable tool, fit the outer races of bearings (3) and (4) in
axle housing (1).
IMPORTANT
Install, the inner race of bearing (3), shim (5) and seals (6) in axle
housing upper side, and install the inner race of bearing (4), shim
(7) and oil seal (8) on the axle housing lower side.
F0080340
4 Fit the lower pin (13) and an 0.5 mm shim (14) and secure it in
position with screws (15).
14 15
13
F0080350
30-302
5 Loosen screws (12), raise upper pin (10) and insert a shim pack
(11) approx. 1.5 mm thick; retighten screws (12).
13
A
F0080370
30-303
Removal
1 Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from the axle.
● Axle oil: max. 10.5 l (2.77 US.gall.)
F0080400
5
F0080422
30-304
6
F0080432
5 Attach differential unit (7) to a hoist and lift it clear of the tractor.
F0080452
Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 5
● Mating face: Silastic 738
30-305
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2) and O-ring (3).
1 2
F0080460
5
F0080470
F0080480
30-306
4 Remove split pin (7) and remove pin (8) and washer (9).
9
7
F0080490
10
F0080500
6 Drive out spring pin (11) and remove lever (12) and fork (13)
complete with shoes (14). 13
11
12
14
F0080510
F0080520
30-307
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● O-ring: oil
30-308
Adjustment
1 Insert quill (2) into sleeve (1).
Position the seventeen balls (3) and disc (4).
● Do not install any shims at this point.
3 Remove the differential lock and fit some of the shims (7) between
disc (4) and sleeve (2), then reinstall on the differential unit.
30-309
4 Secure the differential lock (6) with the remaining shims (7) and
the circlip (8).
5 With sleeve (1) moved towards the differential, check that the
flat part “A” of sleeve (1) is positioned on balls (3) as shown in
1
the figure. A
3
D0023460
6 Fit fork (9) complete with shoes (10) and lever (11).
30-310
F0080471
9 Fit cover (14) and relative O-ring (15) and tighten screws (16).
16
15
14
F0080560
17
20
F0080570
30-311
11 Adjust the length “B” of differential lock control rod (13) so that,
when sleeve (1) is in the position shown, shoes (10) are not 1
forced against it.
13
10
B
18,5
D0022000
21
F0080481
30-312
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and detach flange (2) and shims (3).
1 2 3
1
F0080580
30-313
2 Remove screws (4) and detach flange (5) and shims (6).
4 6
5
4
F0080590
3 Remove the two opposing screws (7) and, using a very slender
drift, dislodge the inner ring of bearing (8). 7
8
F0080600
5 Remove screw (9) and using a very slender drift remove the
inner race of bearing (10).
30-314
9 Using a soft mallet, drive pinion (14) out from differential carrier
(15) and recover spacer (16).
14 16
15
F0080660
30-315
14
17
18
F0080670
11 Remove the outer ring of bearing (19) and shims (20) from
differential carrier (15).
20
15
19
F0080680
12 Using a suitable tool, remove oil seal (21) and bearing assembly
(22) from differential carrier (15).
22
● Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
15 21
F0080690
Assembly
Adjust.
30-316
Using a suitable tool, install oil seal (21) in differential carrier (15).
● Oil seal: grease
30-317
30.5.13 - Adjustment of the bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Adjustment procedure
1 Note dimension “E” stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion
(1).
● In this example: E = -0.05 mm
30-318
F0080730
4 Install pinion (1) and flanges (4) and (5) complete with outer
bearing races (6) and (7) in differential carrier (3) and, using a
depth gauge “A”, measure distance “X”.
● Rotate the pinion in both directions to seat the bearing.
Place onto the outer bearing race (7) on the crown wheel
side a cylindrical pin “C” 2.5 mm (code. 2.1651.109.0) in
diameter, to make up the difference between the outside
diameters of the bearings (7) (Ø90) and (6) (Ø85).
30-319
6 Remove pinion (1), outer bearing race (2) and flanges (4) and (5)
and form a shim pack (8) of thickness “S” calculated using the
following formula:
1
S = D - Theoretical value + E
where: S = final shim pack thickness (8)
D = measurement calculated at point 5
2
Theoretical value = 61.00
E = dimension stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1)
Example 1 (negative “E” value) F0080750
● D = 62.75 mm
E = - 0.05 mm
Theoretical value = 61.00
S = 62.75 - 61.00 - 0.05 = 1.70 mm
Example 2 (positive “E” value)
● D = 62.75 mm
E = + 0.15 mm
Theoretical value = 61.00
S = 62.75 - 61.00 + 0.15 = 1.90 mm
30-320
7 Install shim pack (8) and bearing outer race (2) in differential
carrier (3).
3
2 F0080681
● Bearing: oil
1
9
F0080760
10 Fit spacer (12) on pinion shaft (1) and secure it by tightening nut
(13). 1
● Nut: 206-226 Nm (151.8-166.6 lb.ft.)
12
To tighten the nut, turn it counterclockwise.
When tightening the nut, take care not to preload bearings
(2) and (11). If the bearings are preloaded, increase the
thickness of the shim pack(10). 13
F0080780
30-321
13 Remove nut (13) and withdraw the pinion assembly, spacer (9)
and the inner race of bearing (11).
● Loosen the nut by turning it clockwise.
15 Rotate the pinion both directions tapping it lightly to help seat bearings (2) and (11) and check as described in point 12 that
there is no pinion end float.
If end float is detected, repeat the procedures described in points 13, 14 and 15.
30-322
12
11
8 6
14 2
13 5
9
15
4 7
10
D0049191
Adjustment procedure
1 Fit crown wheel (2) to differential (1) and tighten screws (3).
● Screws: 75±4 Nm (55.3±3 lb.ft.)
30-323
F0080830
F0080840
4 Install the outer race of bearing (5) on the flange of the side
opposite the crown wheel (7).
Fit the outer race of bearing (6) in the crown-wheel side flange
(8).
5 Install an 0.5 mm thick shim pack (9) and flange (7) in differential
carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (10). 7 9 7
10
4
F0080860
30-324
6 Install a 1.5 mm thick shim pack (11) and flange (8) in differential
carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (12). 11
8 12
4
F0080870
1
F0088280
Remove flanges (7) and (8) and shims (9) and (11).
9 Change the thickness of shim pack (11) to 1.00 mm, and reinstall
it with flange (8). 11
8 12
● Bearing: oil
Tighten screws (12).
F0080871
30-325
● Bearing: oil
11 Rotate the pinion and crown wheel in both directions to help seat
bearings (5) and (6) and check, as described in point 8, that the
differential has no end float.
Using a feeler gauge “A”, check that dimension “D” between
the end face of pinion (13) and differential housing (1) is correct
within a tolerance of ±0.10 mm.
30-326
2 If backlash “Z” is less than 0.15 mm, remove shims from shim
pack (11) (crown wheel side) and add the same number of shims
9
to shim pack (9) (opposite side to crown wheel). If backlash “Z” is
greater than 0.20 mm add shims to shim pack (11) (crown wheel
side) and remove the same number of shims from shim pack (9) 11
(opposite side to the crown wheel).
● The sum total thickness of shim packs (11) and (9) should
be the same as the value obtained when checking the
preload of the differential bearings.
Recheck backlash “Z” and, if necessary, continue to adjust the D0049200
F0080910
30-327
2 4
12
11 3
7
8
D0049210
Fig.145 - Differential
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove flange (2).
2
1
D0048150
D0048080
30-328
D0048090
4 Withdraw pin (7) and remove planet pinion (8) and the relative
shim (9). 8
9
D0048100
5 Withdraw pin (10) and remove planet pinion (11) and the relative
shim (12). 11
12
10
D0048110
6 Partially withdraw pin (13) and remove planet pinion (14) and the
relative shim (15).
14
15
13
D0048130
30-329
16
13
D0048140
D0048120
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure n° 2-4-5-6-7-8
● Shims: oil
30-330
Removal
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
F0120220
4
4
F0120230
5
5
F0120240
30-331
F0120250
F0120260
7 Remove front spring pin (9) and slide sleeve (10) along front axle
drive shaft (11).
11
10 9
F0120270
8 Remove rear pin (12) and slide sleeve (13) along the front axle
12 11
drive shaft (11).
Remove 4WD shaft (11).
13
F0120280
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-332
Procedure 5
● Bleed the front brakes circuit.
30-333
Removal
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from steering
knuckle housing (3).
● Oil: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)
3 Remove screw (4), loosen breather valve (5) and remove cover
(6).
30-334
6 Remove all the nuts (11) and, using two bolts as pullers, dislodge
planetary reduction gear assembly (12).
Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 7
● Check the condition of O-ring (13) and renew it if necessary.
O-ring: grease.
Procedure 2
● Fill the steering knuckle housing with oil.
Steering knuckle housing: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)
30-335
30.5.17 - Disassembly of the planetary reduction gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1).
30-336
4 Move planet pinions (5) towards the centre of planet carrier (4).
30-337
8 Remove planet pinions (5) and shims (10) from planet carrier
(4).
Remove needle roller bearings (11) from planet pinions (5).
30-338
15 14 4
D0023880
Assembly
1 Remove all traces of paint from face “A” of planet carrier (4) and B
face “B” of ring gear (6) to facilitate subsequent installation of oil
A
seal (12).
4
6
D0023890
30-339
4 Install planet pinions (5) complete with needle roller bearings (11)
and shims (10) in planet carrier (4) and secure them with pins
(3).
30-340
8 Place the final drive reduction unit under a press and, using the
specific tool T4 (code 5.9030.980.0), install new oil seal (12).
30-341
REMOVAL
1 Remove screws (1).
F0145440
2 Remove the reaction flange (2) and retrieve the piston return
springs (3). 3
3
3
F0145450
F0145460
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Friction disc: Transmission oil
Procedure 1
● Screws: 59-65 Nm (43.5-48.0 lb.ft.)
30-342
Disassembly
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
F0085700
F0085710
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Install piston (1), making sure that the side with the slots is oriented outwards.
Seals: Brake fluid
30-343
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
30-344
6 Unplug connector (13)of the shuttle wiring, detach pipe (14) and
remove the hose clamp (15).
30-345
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-346
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
15 Mark and disconnect the cables (32) for control of the directional
control valves(33).
30-347
16 Mark and remove split pins (34), and disconnect the lift control
cables (35).
19 Remove circlip (40), fork (41) and disconnect cable (42) from the
PTO speed selector lever (43) .
30-348
20 Only if fitted
Remove circlip (44) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod
(45).
22 Detach the cab wiring from the hose clamp and unplug connector
(47)
30-349
25 Remove the rear fender screws (50) and fit two eyebolts retained
by nuts.
27 Remove the two front nuts (52) and the two rear nuts (53).
30-350
IMPORTANT
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 27
● Nuts: 170 Nm (125.3 lb.ft.)
Procedures 12-13
● Bleed the air from the brake circuit.
Procedure 2
● Air conditioning pipe fittings:
❍ Delivery: 13.6-20.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.)
❍ Return: 35.3-42.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
30-351
30.6.2 - Front hood and side panels (G0.01.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Engine hood
REMOVAL
1 IMPORTANT
Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
F0144260
30-352
5 Loosen and remove three of the four nuts (4) fixing the hood
support (5) .
IMPORTANT
Installation
Install following the removal procedure in reverse.
Lower hood
REMOVAL
1 Remove the four screws (1) and remove the complete guard
(2).
Installation
Install following the removal procedure in reverse.
30-353
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Apply the parking brakes and remove the key from the starter switch.
3 Loosen and remove fixing knobs (2) and remove guard (3) .
4 Disconnect the lead from the battery (4) negative terminal (-) (5)
and then from the positive terminal (+) (6).
30-354
5 Remove the screws (7) and remove the control unit (8) complete
with support (9) and set aside.
7 Loosen and remove screws (11) and (12) and remove the
assembly.
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Connect first the positive terminal (+) and then the negative terminal (-).
30-355
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen and remove screws (1) and remove the access steps.
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-356
Removal
1 Remove the four screws (1) and remove fender assembly (2).
● Make note of the orientation or the anti-rotation brake (3). 2
1
1
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-357
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal and apply the parking brake.
30-358
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-359
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
4 Remove pin (5) and remove ECO PTO knob (6) and, if present,
of the groundspeed PTO.
30-360
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-361
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
F0129390
F0129900
4 Remove knob (4), remove screws (5) and remove cover (6).
5 F0129400
30-362
F0129410
13
11
F0129420
14
F0122971
F0129430
30-363
IMPORTANT
10
F0129440
15
F0122991
17
F0129450
30-364
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-365
30.6.9 - Roof lining - Version with high visibility cab (G0.06.07) (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
REMOVAL
1 Remove screws (1) and remove the guides (2) of the roller
sunblind.
2 Loosen and remove the fixing screws (3) of roof lining (4).
3 Remove the central screws (5) and lower the roof lining (4).
4 Pull out the roof lining (4) towards the rear of the tractor.
30-366
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-367
30.6.10 - Heating fan - Version with high visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.9 - Roof lining - Vers... - Page 30-366 - (G0.06.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Remove screw (1) fixing duct (2).
30-368
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-369
2
15 bar
A
20 bar
2,45 bar B
28 bar
C
10
4
1a
3 1
9
D0040790
30-370
Operation
The compressor (1) is driven from the crankshaft via a drivebelt and pulley with an electromagnetic clutch (1a), which is controlled by
a switch on the control panel. The system is protected by a safety pressure switch, which performs the following functions:
● Inhibits engagement of the electromagnetic clutch (1a) when the system pressure falls below 2.45 bar as a result of incomplete
charging or refrigerant leakage.
Disengages the clutch (1a) and thereby stops the compressor when the pressure exceeds the permitted maximum of 28 bar
(406 psi) (generally as a result of overheating).
A further contact controls operation of the cooling fans (10) of the condenser (2) in order to maintain normal operating pressure
within the range of 15 to 20 bar. The refrigerant (in vapour form) is drawn in by the compressor where it is compressed. This
compression causes the temperature of the vapour to rise; the refrigerant flows to the condenser (2) where its heat is transferred
to the air flow generated by cooling fans (10). The refrigerant gas is thus cooled to the point at which it condenses to high-pressure
liquid. On leaving the condenser, the liquefied refrigerant flows to the receiver-drier (3) which performs three functions: to filter out
any impurities, absorb any moisture in the circuit, and finally, act as a storage reservoir. The liquid refrigerant is then transferred
to the evaporator (6) through the expansion valve (5), which meters the flow of refrigerant into the evaporator to ensure optimum
evaporation. In the evaporator, the refrigerant expands to the critical evaporation point with an ambient temperature of around -- 8°C
(17.6°F). The temperature of the air flow over the evaporator (6) generated by the fans (8) is significantly higher than -- 8°C (17.6°F),
and therefore it gives up its heat to the refrigerant, causing it to boil and evaporate. On leaving evaporator (6), the refrigerant returns
to compressor (1) to repeat the cycle. The removal of heat from the ambient air flowing over the evaporator causes the moisture in the
air to condense, and the air is thus dehumidified; the moisture condenses on the fins of the evaporator, where, if it is not maintained
at temperature above 0°C (32°F), it will freeze and impair the efficiency of the evaporator. The task of maintaining the evaporator
at a temperature above 0°C (32°F) (and within the optimum temperature for efficient heat exchange), is performed by an electronic
temperature sensor (7); this sensor disengages the clutch (1a) of the compressor (1) when the temperature falls to the lower limit
and engages the clutch (1a) when the evaporator temperature reaches the upper limit. The condensate that forms on the evaporator
fins (6) contains dust, pollen and other airborne particulates; continuous condensation thus has the effect of purifying the air, and the
droplets of condensate are conveyed out of the vehicle via two ducts. A fixed quantity of moisture-free oil is added to the circuit in
order to lubricate all the mechanical components of the system; a certain percentage of this oil continuously circulates in the form of
an oil mist, thereby lubricating the compressor (pistons and bearings) and the expansion valve.
Before discharging, flushing and recharging the air conditioning system, check the system for leaks using a
leak detector.
2 In order to carry out the system servicing operations you will require a dedicated A/C servicing station capable of performing
the following tasks:
● Aspiration of the refrigerant fluid.
30-371
2 Connect the service machine to high pressure service valve (1) and follow the specific instructions for the service machine to
discharge the system.
3 Disconnect the system component to be renewed or overhauled immediately after the service machine stops; plug the open
ends of the system pipes as quickly as possible.
DANGER
2 After flushing, the moisture-free oil recovered during the discharging operation must be returned into the system, followed by
the refrigerant.
● Quantity of refrigerant (R134a): 1100 g Oil quantity: the quantity recovered.
DANGER
If the system must be discharged and flushed in order to renew a system component, the quantity of oil in the
replaced component must be measured and the same amount of new oil must added as that recovered with
the refrigerant.
DANGER
For details of the oil and refrigerant recharging procedure, refer to the instructions supplied with the service
machine.
30-372
30.6.12 - Air conditioning system - Standard roof version (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
2
cl ose 15 bar
open 11 bar
A
2,45 bar B
28 bar
C
10
4
1a
3 1
9
D0040780
30-373
Operation
The compressor (1) is driven from the crankshaft via a drivebelt and pulley with an electromagnetic clutch (1a), which is controlled by
a switch on the control panel. The system is protected by a safety pressure switch, which performs the following functions:
● Inhibits engagement of the electromagnetic clutch (1a) when the system pressure falls below 2.45 bar as a result of incomplete
charging or refrigerant leakage.
Disengages the clutch (1a) and thereby stops the compressor when the pressure exceeds the permitted maximum of 28 bar
(406 psi) (generally as a result of overheating).
A further contact controls the operation of fan (10) of condenser (2) in order to maintain normal operating pressure within the range
of 11 to 15 bar. The refrigerant (in vapour form) is drawn in by the compressor where it is compressed. This compression causes the
temperature of the vapour to rise; the refrigerant flows to the condenser (2) where its heat is radiated to the air flow generated by
the cooling fans (10). The refrigerant vapour is thus cooled to the point where it condenses to high-pressure liquid. On leaving the
condenser, the liquefied refrigerant flows to the receiver-drier (3) which performs three functions: to filter out any impurities, absorb
any moisture in the circuit, and finally, act as a storage reservoir. The liquid refrigerant is then transferred to the evaporator (6) through
the expansion valve (5), which meters the flow of refrigerant into the evaporator to ensure optimum evaporation. In the evaporator,
the refrigerant expands to the critical evaporation point with an ambient temperature of around -- 8°C (17.6°F). The temperature of
the air flow over the evaporator (6) generated by the fans (8) is significantly higher than -- 8°C (17.6°F), and therefore it gives up its
heat to the refrigerant, causing it to boil and evaporate. On leaving evaporator (6), the refrigerant returns to compressor (1) to repeat
the cycle. The removal of heat from the ambient air flowing over the evaporator causes the moisture in the air to condense, and the
air is thus dehumidified; the moisture condenses on the fins of the evaporator, where, if it is not maintained at temperature above
0°C (32°F), it will freeze and impair the efficiency of the evaporator. The task of maintaining the evaporator at a temperature above
0°C (32°F) (and within the optimum temperature for efficient heat exchange), is performed by an electronic temperature sensor (7);
this sensor disengages the clutch (1a) of the compressor (1) when the temperature falls to the lower limit and engages the clutch
(1a) when the evaporator temperature reaches the upper limit. The condensate that forms on the evaporator fins (6) contains dust,
pollen and other airborne particulates; continuous condensation thus has the effect of purifying the air, and the droplets of condensate
are conveyed out of the vehicle via two ducts. A fixed quantity of moisture-free oil is added to the circuit in order to lubricate all the
mechanical components of the system; a certain percentage of this oil continuously circulates in the form of an oil mist, thereby
lubricating the compressor (pistons and bearings) and the expansion valve.
Before discharging, flushing and recharging the air conditioning system, check the system for leaks using a
leak detector.
2 In order to carry out the system servicing operations you will require a dedicated A/C servicing station capable of performing
the following tasks:
● Aspiration of the refrigerant fluid.
30-374
2 Connect the service machine to high pressure service valve (1) and follow the specific instructions for the service machine to
discharge the system.
3 Disconnect the system component to be renewed or overhauled immediately after the service machine stops; plug the open
ends of the system pipes as quickly as possible.
DANGER
2 After flushing, the moisture-free oil recovered during the discharging operation must be returned into the system, followed by
the refrigerant.
● Quantity of refrigerant (R134a): 1100 g Oil quantity: the quantity recovered.
DANGER
If the system must be discharged and flushed in order to renew a system component, the quantity of oil in the
replaced component must be measured and the same amount of new oil must added as that recovered with
the refrigerant.
DANGER
For details of the oil and refrigerant recharging procedure, refer to the instructions supplied with the service
machine.
30-375
30.6.13 - Heating and air conditioning unit - Version with high visibility cab (G0.09.03)
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.9 - Roof lining - Vers... - Page 30-366 - (G0.06.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Remove the ducts (1) on both sides.
30-376
IMPORTANT
6 Remove screws (11) and remove the heating and air conditioning
carrier assembly (12).
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-377
REMOVAL
1 Remove screws (1) and lower the switch support assembly (2).
3 Remove the sheath retainer (4) and detach the heating control
cable (5).
4 Loosen screw (6), remove the sheath retainer (7) and remove
cable (5).
30-378
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedures 3-4
● Ensure that when the heating control knob is set to cool, the valve is closed completely. If necessary, adjust the position of the
sheath with respect to the valve until it is completely closed.
30-379
30.6.15 - Condenser - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Remove screw (1) and reposition pipe (2) towards the rear of
the tractor.
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-380
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry
out the following procedures.
Procedures 1-2
● Check the condition of the O-rings and renew them if damaged.
● Flush and recharge the air conditioning system.
30-381
30.6.16 - Receiver drier - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1 Disconnect the pipes (1) and (2).
1
IMPORTANT
2
F0131130
F0131140
F0131150
Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the
following procedures:
Procedure 1
● Inspect the seals and renew them if damaged.
Flush and recharge the air conditioning system.
F0131160
30-382
30.6.17 - Conditioner evaporator - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.13 - Heating and air c... - Page 30-376 - (G0.09.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Remove all fixing screws (1) of cover (2).
2 Remove nuts (3), detach the thermostat (4) and fan speed
selector (5) from the heating unit and tilt up the cover (2).
IMPORTANT
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-383
Removal
1 Remove evaporator (1).
IMPORTANT
● Recover foam gasket (2).
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-384
30.6.19 - Heating valve - Version with high visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.9 - Roof lining - Vers... - Page 30-366 - (G0.06.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Remove screw (1) and lower valve (2).
2 Loosen screw (3), remove the sheath retainer (4) and withdraw
the valve control cable (5).
3 Loosen hose clamps (6), detach pipes (7) and (8) and remove
the valve (2).
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Ensure that when the heating control knob is set to cool, the valve is closed completely. If necessary, adjust the position of the
sheath with respect to the valve until it is completely closed.
30-385
30.6.20 - Heater matrix - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1 Remove all the screws (1), remove spring clips (2) and remove
the half casing (3).
IMPORTANT
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-386
30.6.21 - Heating radiator - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.13 - Heating and air c... - Page 30-376 - (G0.09.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Remove all fixing screws (1) of cover (2).
2 Remove nuts (3), detach the thermostat (4) and fan speed
selector (5) from the heating unit and tilt up the cover (2).
IMPORTANT
30-387
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-388
30.6.22 - Heating and air conditioning unit fan - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.13 - Heating and air c... - Page 30-376 - (G0.09.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.9 - Roof lining - Vers... - Page 30-366 - (G0.06.07) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Remove all fixing screws (1) of cover (2).
30-389
4 Detach the retainer (9) and remove the fan assembly (6) .
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-390
30.6.23 - Expansion valve - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1 Remove all the screws (1), remove spring clips (2) and remove
the half casing (3).
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
4 Remove screws (8) and remove pipes (9) and expansion valve
(10).
30-391
Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Check the condition of the O-rings and renew them if damaged.
30-392
30.6.24 - Expansion valve - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.13 - Heating and air c... - Page 30-376 - (G0.09.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Remove insulating tape (1).
IMPORTANT
2 Remove screws (2) and remove pipes (3) and expansion valve
(4).
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures.
Procedure 2
● Check the condition of the O-rings and renew if damaged.
30-393
30.6.25 - Antifreeze sensor - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1 Remove all the screws (1), remove spring clips (2) and remove
the half casing (3).
IMPORTANT
● Cut gasket (4) in proximity to the joint between the half
casings.
30-394
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-395
30.6.26 - Condenser cooling fans - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
REMOVAL
1 Disconnect the wiring connector of the fan (1) to be removed,
remove screws (2) and remove fan (1).
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-396
30.6.27 - Condenser fan control pressure switch - Version with high visibility roof
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Unplug wiring connector (1) and remove pressure switch (2).
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-397
30.6.28 - Air conditioning temperature control thermostat - Version with standard roof
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.13 - Heating and air c... - Page 30-376 - (G0.09.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.11 - Air conditioning ... - Page 30-370 - (G0.09.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 Detach connectors (2) from thermostat (1).
3 Withdraw the probe (4) from the heating unit and remove
thermostat (1).
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-398
Removal
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen nuts (1) and disconnect remote valve control cables (2).
IMPORTANT 1
F0120661
5 6
F0130750
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-399
Adjustment
1
This procedure should be carried out with the lift unit installed on the transmission and service tool T2 installed
in place of the auxiliary services remote control valve. Furthermore, the level tube installed inside the lift cover
should be replaced with another tube approximately 100 mm long.
2 DANGER
Before starting the tractor, make sure that the yellow lift control lever is in the ‘maximum depth’ position.
3 DANGER
When starting the engine, make sure that the hand throttle lever is in the minimum (idle) position.
1
1
1
2
30-400
9 After making the adjustment, move yellow lever (3) to the ‘control’
position and green lever (7) to position “12”.
30-401
10 Start the engine and run at idle speed and slowly move yellow
lever (3) to the maximum lift position.
3
11 When the lift stops, check that the end of piston (8) is flush with
cylinder (9).
9
12 If piston (8) protrudes from the cylinder or stops inside it, adjust
the stroke by way of tie rod (10).
● Shorten the tie-rod to make the piston protrude from the
cylinder.
10
Lengthen the tie rod to cause the piston to retract inside
the cylinder.
13 Move yellow lever (3) to the ‘control’ position and green lever (7)
to position “0”.
● Take care as the lift arms should still rise a little.
3
7
30-402
15 If piston (8) does not stop in the correct position, adjust the stroke
by way of screw (11).
● Screw in if the piston protrudes too much (7 mm).
Screw out if the piston does not protrude enough (3 mm).
After each adjustment, check by moving green lever (7) to
position “12” and then back to position “0”.
11
17 The lift should start to move when green lever (7) is in position
“4”.
30-403
18 If the lift starts to move earlier (near positions “5” or “6”) shorten
tie-rod (12).
If it starts to move later (near positions “3” or “2”) lengthen tie-rod 12
(12).
12
19 On completion of the adjustments, replace the temporary level tube with the original one, remove special tool T2 and complete
the installation of the lift and the removed components.
30-404
30.7.1 - Pump for hydraulic lift and auxiliary services (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.6.4 - Cab access steps - Page 30-356 - (G0.03.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-91 - (C0.03.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
2 Remove screws (1) and (2) and remove support assembly (3).
IMPORTANT
30-405
5 Remove screws (10) (n. 2) and remove the pump (11) complete
with its gasket.
IMPORTANT
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Mating face: Silastic
30-406
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screw (1) and place the brake oil tank (2) aside.
30-407
IMPORTANT
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 7
● Power steering hole: molybdenum grease
30-408
26 15
24 18 13
25
25b
27 25a
28 19
29 21
20
22
16
17a
17b
12
10
17
23a
23b
23 23a
8 5a
7 6
11
9
2
5 1
30-409
Disassembly
1 Unscrew and remove screws (1) and (3) and washers (2) securing
cover (4) (6 screws plus one special screw). 3
1 2
F0009470
F0009480
3 Lift rotary spool unit (5) complete with O-rings (6) and spacer
(7). 5
6 7
F0009490
F0009500
30-410
F0009510
10
F0009520
11
F0009530
8 Remove ball (12) of the check valve and pins (13) and balls (15)
of the suction valves.
15
12 13
F0009541
30-411
17
18
F0009550
10 Remove outer ring (19), inner ring (20) and roller bearing (21)
from the spool; remove also ring (22).
● It may occur that inner ring (20) (thin) remains in the steering
valve housing; ensure that it is actually removed. 22 20
21
19
F0009560
17b
3 16
17a
F0009570
17a
F0009580
30-412
13 Press neutral position springs (23) and remove them from spool
(17a).
23
17a
F0009590
14 Remove dust seal (24) and composite seal (25) (O-ring + seal).
25
24
F0129940
26
F0129930
27
F0129950
30-413
17 Turn over the steering valve housing and remove spring (28) and
relief valve (29).
IMPORTANT 29
The seat of the relief valve is a force fit in the
28
housing and cannot be removed.
F000 9681
Installation
1 IMPORTANT
Insert the two flat washers (23a) in the seat and centre them
relative to the diameter of spool (17a). Insert the four curved
washers (23b) in pairs between the two flat washers (23a) and
23b 23a 17a
push them fully home.
F0009690
23
F0009700
F0009580
30-414
17a
17b
F0009710
5 Align springs (23) and make sure they are positioned centrally in
relation to the diameter of bush (17b). 23
17b
F0009720
IMPORTANT
22
Ring (22) must be free to rotate without interfering
with springs (23).
17b
F0009730
16
F0009740
30-415
20
22 21 F0009751
20 - Inner ring
17
22 - Outer ring
DANGER 17
11 Lubricate oil seal (25a) and O-ring (25b) and fit them on the push
rod of tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0).
30-416
13 Push seal (25) into its seat in steering valve housing (18) while
rotating it to ease it into position.
18
F0009790
18
F0009810
30-417
16 Push in assembly (17) until fully seated so that it forces out the
tool push rod left in the housing in step 14. 18
17
F0009820
17 Rotate steering valve housing (18) until the centre hole is vertical.
Insert ball (12) of the relief valve in the hole indicated by the 12
arrow.
18
F0009830
18 Screw valve retaining bush (10) into the bore of the relief valve.
IMPORTANT 10
The top of the retaining bush should be set below
the face of steering valve housing (18).
18
F0009521
19 Insert the two balls (15) in the holes indicated by the arrows.
15
F0010310
30-418
13
F0009841
F0009850
22 Locate distributor plate (9) so that its holes are aligned with the
9
holes in steering valve housing (18).
18
F0009860
23 Insert drive shaft (8) in the hole so that it engages the cross pin;
check that the engagement with the cross pin is parallel to the
steering column mounting face.
8
F0009870
30-419
F0009880
25 Lubricate the two O-rings (6) and fit them in the two grooves in
rotary spool unit (5). Fit rotary spool unit (5) to drive shaft (8). 6
● O-rings: Gearbox oil 8
F0009890
26 DANGER
5a
F0009900
F0009910
30-420
F0009920
29 Insert special screw (3) complete with washer (2) in the hole
indicated in the photo.
F0009930
30 Insert the six screws (1) complete with washers (2). Tighten
screws (1) and (3) in a crosswise sequence to a torque of 30±6 3
Nm (22.1±4.4 lb.ft.). 1 2
F0009471
29
F0129960
30-421
28
F0129970
27
F0129950
26
F0129930
18
F000 9970
30-422
36 Install dust seal (24) in the steering valve housing using a suitable
drift and a soft faced mallet.
F000 9980
37 Close off the oil ports with plastic plugs to prevent impurities
getting in.
IMPORTANT
F0009990
38 On completion of the assembly operation, test the operating pressure of the relief valve and calibrate as necessary.
30-423
2 Start the engine and turn the steering to full lock to expel any air from the steering circuit.
3 Force the steering to full lock on the side to which the pressure gauge is connected and read off the maximum continuous
pressure on gauge “A”.
● Maximum permissible pressure: 150 bar (2175.6 psi)
4 If the pressure reading differs from the specified value, adjust the pressure relief valve of the power steering unit.
30-424
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
IMPORTANT
30-425
IMPORTANT
7 Extract the drive coupling (8) and check the condition of the
teeth.
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 6
● Mating face: Silastic
30-426
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
F0120061
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-427
● Take the engine revs to minimum for a few minutes to fill the cooler.
● Stop the engine and restore the gearbox oil levels.
30-428
30.7.7 - Rear remote control valve (H0.07.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen nuts (1) and disconnect remote valve control cables (2).
IMPORTANT
30-429
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-430
10 Loosen union (14), remove nut (15) and remove clamp (16).
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 9
● Screws: Loctite 542
30-431
30.7.8 - Bleeding the braking circuit (E0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
During brake bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the brake fluid reservoir is always above the minimum
level.
● Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing “A” to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing in a
container to collect the fluid.
● Ensure that the brake pedals are joined by the connecting latch.
● Fully depress the brake pedal until you feel significant resistance, at which point keep pressing the pedal.
● Slowly open the bleed screw (1) on the distributor valve (2) and allow the fluid and air to flow throughout the entire pedal
travel.
● While holding the pedal fully depressed, tighten the bleed screw (1).
● Repeat the previous operations until the fluid flowing from the bleed valve is entirely free of air bubbles.
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-432
Rear brakes
Front brakes
30-433
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Before disassembly, depress the parking brake repeatedly to discharge residual pressure from the circuit.
IMPORTANT
30-434
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Bleed the brakes circuit.
30-435
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Apply the parking brakes and remove the key from the starter switch
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
4 Loosen and remove support fixing nuts (7) and remove valve
assembly (8) .
30-436
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Bleed the brake circuits.
30-437
30.7.11 - Services solenoid valve assembly (H0.10.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.12.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-517 - (S0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.3.1 - Changing the trans... - Page 30-119 - (D0.00.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Unplug connectors (1), (2) from the solenoid valve set and detach
wiring (3) from the clamps and move upwards.
IMPORTANT
4 Loosen clamp (7) and pipe (8) from the solenoid valve set.
30-438
5 Remove union (9) and disconnect pipes (10), (11) and (12).
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
30-439
Procedure 8
● Check the condition of O-ring (16) and renew it if necessary.
● O-ring: transmission oil.
● Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
Start the engine and run for a few minutes to allow the coolant to
circulate; check the system for leaks.
30-440
30.7.12 - Pressure reduction and holding valve disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Disassembly
1 Loosen and remove screws (1) and separate solenoid valve
assembly (2) .
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
4 Remove plug (6) and withdraw spool (7) and spring (8).
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
30-441
IMPORTANT
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-442
REMOVAL
1 Disconnect the connectors (1) from the upper solenoid valves.
IMPORTANT
30-443
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry
out the following procedures.
Procedure 4
● Check the condition of O-rings (9) and renew them if necessary.
30-444
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Apply the parking brakes and remove the key from the starter switch.
4 First disconnect the negative terminal lead (-) from the battery (4)
and then from the positive terminal (+).
30-445
5 Remove screws (5), battery fixing brackets (6) and then the
battery (4).
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 4
● Always reconnect the positive lead (+) before the negative lead (-).
30-446
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen screws (1) and (2) of the fuel pump bracket in order to
slacken off drivebelt (3).
30-447
5 Remove upper and lower screws (8) and remove alternator (4).
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures.
Procedure 2
● Adjust drivebelt tension.
30-448
REMOVAL
1 Remove the four nuts (1) and tilt the fuse box (2) to the right.
IMPORTANT
30-449
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry
out the following procedures.
Procedure 6
● Check the condition of retaining spring (13) and renew it if
damaged.
Calibrate the clutch pedal
30-450
REMOVAL
1 Remove the front right-hand nut (1) fixing the cab and retrieve
the plate (2).
IMPORTANT 3
30-451
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-452
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 1
● Calibrate the accelerator pedal (see “Calibrations and electronic diagnosis” section)
30-453
REMOVAL
1 Loosen and remove screws (1) and lift the lever assembly (2).
2 Disconnect the connector (3), remove the bolts (4) and remove
the potentiometer (5).
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Check the condition of retaining spring (6) and renew it if
damaged.
30-454
Removal
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal and apply the parking brake.
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-455
30.8.8 - Shuttle ECU and forward/reverse selector (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal and apply the parking brake.
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Carry out the procedure for putting the tractor into service.
30-456
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
4 Loosen clamps (4), (5) and (6) and remove air intake hose (7).
7
6
4 5
30-457
5 Remove screws (8) and remove filter (9) from support (10).
8
10
10
11
7 Remove unions (12) and remove clamps (13) (one per side).
Remove union (14) and move pipe (15) to the side. 12
13
14
15
16
30-458
17
18
19
10 Using a pin punch, remove dowel (20) and withdraw PTO drive
shaft (21) towards the rear of the tractor.
21
20
22
23
25
24
30-459
13 Attach the PTO assembly (26) to a hoist and take up the slack in
the lifting sling.
26
27 27
26
15 Slowly lift PTO assy (26) causing it to rotate towards the front.
IMPORTANT
26
Take care not to damage the radiator.
● PTO assembly: 70 kg
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-460
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover assy (2).
30-461
5 Only if necessary
Remove oil seal (9).
● Note which way round oil seal (9) is fitted.
30-462
8 Use a pry bar to dislodge shaft (13) complete with outer bearing
(14).
30-463
30-464
17 Position shaft (15) under a press and withdraw the inner race of
roller bearing (16).
30-465
19 Only if necessary
Using an internal puller and slide hammer T1 (P/N.
5.9030.618.4/10), disassemble bush (29) from shaft (13).
Assembly
1 Only if removed
Lubricate bush (29) and refit it using a suitable driving tool.
● The bush must be inserted approximately 1 mm (0.04 in.)
below the surface of the shaft (13).
30-466
5 Heat bearing (27) and install on shaft (11), driving it fully home.
Fit circlip (26).
30-467
8 Tighten pin (20) taking care to centre the relevant hole in clutch
assy (21).
● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
30-468
12 Fit shaft (15), aligning it with gear (17) and bearing (19).
● To fit roller bearing (19), tap lightly with a copper-headed
hammer and rotate shaft (15)
30-469
30-470
30-471
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and remove suction pipe (2).
● Check the condition of the O-rings (3) and (4) and renew
them if necessary.
30-472
2 Remove screws (5) and remove pump cover (6) from pump body
(7).
● Label pump body (7) and cover (6) to avoid confusion on
reassembly.
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Lubricate pump body (7) and gears (8) and (9).
Gears lubrication: oil
30-473
6
1
7
2
3
4
5
9
8
11
23
32
33 34 15 24
17 18 10
14 21
12
27
30 31 35
29
28
26
22 19
20 D0036660
16 25
13
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1) and remove steel plates (2) and (3).
30-474
4 Using a puller (or a press) and U frame “A”, compress spring (8)
and remove circlip (9).
F0010231
30-475
8 Turn the unit over, remove screws (13) and remove cover (14).
13 14
9 Remove brake disc (16) and steel plate (17) from clutch assembly
(15). 16
17
15
30-476
15
18
12 Check the condition of the O-rings (19) and (20) and renew them
if necessary.
20
19
F0007742
30-477
23
25
26
25
17 Release the assembly and remove disc (28), spring (29) and
piston (30) complete with O-ring (31) from cylinder (27).
31 30 27
29
28
30-478
18 Remove plug (32) and remove spring (33) and push rod (34)
from clutch housing (15).
● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
33
32
34
15
35
11
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 17
● Lubricate piston (29) with oil.
Procedure 16
● Damper assembly (24): Loctite 242
Procedure 14
● Lubricate retaining rings (23) with oil.
Procedure 9
● Lubricate O-rings (19) and (20) and piston (18) with oil.
Procedure 8
● Lubricate brake disc (16) with oil
Procedure 7
● Lubricate O-ring (12) and piston (11) with oil.
30-479
Procedure 3
● Grease spacer (7) and install it on hub (6).
Procedure 2
5 4
● Fit steel plates (5) and friction plates (4) in housing (15) starting
with a steel plate (5).
Lubricate friction plates (4) with oil.
15 15
30-480
30.9.5 - Front PTO oil cooler (M0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.2.2 - Air cleaner - Page 30-88 - (C0.02.01) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
● Start the engine, engage the front PTO and fill the cooler.
● Disengage the PTO and check the oil level in the casing.
30-481
Disassembly
1 Remove retaining nut (1) and remove solenoid valve (2).
● Recover the O-rings.
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Valve stem: 15 to 20 Nm (11.06-14.74 lb.ft.)
Valve stem: oil
Procedure 1
● Nut: 5 to 8 Nm (3.69-5.90 lb.ft.)
30-482
Remove any implement or ballast from the front lift and raise the link arms completely.
DANGER
Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
30-483
4 Start the engine and run at idle speed and retract cylinder (4).
● Pull the lever very slowly and retract the cylinder without
reaching the end of its stroke.
● Switch off the engine, remove the key from the ignition
and close the lift control valves.
Recover spacers (5).
7
6
30-484
12
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-485
Disassembly
1 Remove circlip (1).
2 Using a suitable tool, partially retract end cap (2) and remove
circlip (3).
30-486
3 Withdraw rod (5) complete with end cap (2) and circlips (1) and
(3) and piston (6) from cylinder (4).
5 Withdraw end cap (2) and circlips (1) and (3) from rod (5).
6 Remove guide rings (8), oil seal (9a) and O-ring (9b) from piston
(6).
30-487
7 Remove rod wiper (10), seal (11) and O-ring (12) from end cap
(2).
● Note which way round seal (11) is installed.
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 6
● Fit a suitable installation guide on piston (6) and fit piston O-ring
(9b) by hand.
Fit oil seal (9a) on the installation guide.
● Using a suitable installer, drive oil seal (9a) into its seat.
30-488
Procedure 4
● Nut: 200±10 Nm (147.4±7.4 lb.ft.)
30-489
REMOVAL
1 Remove screw (1) and remove pins (2) on both sides.
IMPORTANT
3 Remove terminal (5) and detach all connecting pipes (6) from the
remote control valve.
IMPORTANT
30-490
4 Disconnect tie rods (7) and (8) from the lift levers.
6 Disconnect the connector , remove the bolts (13) and detach the
support (14).
7 Remove screw (15) and nuts (16) from the right-hand side.
30-491
17 18
9 Remove screw (19) and place the bracket (20), complete with
trailer socket (21) aside.
11 Remove the split pins and detach the control tie-rods (23).
23
30-492
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 12
● Mating face: Loctite 510
Procedures 7-8-10
● Nuts: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.)
● Screws: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 5
● Nuts: 111±5,5 Nm (81.8±4.0 lb.ft.)
30-493
30.11.2 - Disassembly of the lift- complete assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Disassembly
1 Remove all screws (1) and remove bracket (2) and cover (3).
1
1
1
3
F0083612
6
F0083622
4 Remove circlips (7) and (8) and remove tie-rods (9) and (10).
7
8 8
7
9 10
F0083632
30-494
12
11
F0083642
6 Loosen nut (13) and remove grub screw (14) securing cam (15).
15
14
13
F0083654
7 Remove oil seal (16) on one side and withdraw shaft (17).
● Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
16 17
F0083662
8 Remove lever (18) complete with connecting rod (19) and cam
(20). 18 20
19
F0083672
30-495
9 Only if necessary
Drive out spring pin (21) and separate connecting rod (19) from
lever (18).
21
18
19
F0071623
10 Remove circlips (22) and (23) and remove tie-rods (24) and
(25).
● Label the tie-rods to avoid confusion on reassembly. 22 23
24 25
F0083682
26
F0083692
27
27
F0083702
30-496
28
F0083712
14 Only if necessary
Renew bushes (29).
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 13
● Check the condition of the O-rings (30) and renew them if 30
necessary.
Each time the lift control valve is removed from the tractor adjust
the control levers.
30
F0083722
Procedure 9
● Grease the seating of connecting rod ball joint (19).
Procedures 7-14
● Grease bushes (17) and shaft (29).
30-497
Procedure 6
● Grub screw: Loctite 242
Screw grub screw (14) fully into its hole in the shaft and, while
holding the grub screw in position, tighten nut (13).
14
13
F0083655
Procedure 5
● Grub screw: Loctite 242
Screw grub screw (12) fully into its hole in the shaft, then back
it off by half a turn. Hold the grub screw in position and secure 12
with nut (11).
11
F0083642
Procedure 1
● Mating face: Loctite 510
D0027960
30-498
Disassembly
1 Remove screws (1) and withdraw cylinder assembly (2).
2 Using a low pressure compressed air jet (max. 2.5 bar), blow
piston (3) out of cylinder (4).
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures.
30-499
Procedure 3
● Fit seal (5), making sure that is positioned the right way round
relative to piston (3).
Procedure 1
● Check the condition of O-rings (6) and (7) and renew them if
necessary.
30-500
Renewal
1 Position the lift cover under a press and, using a suitable tool,
remove bushes (1).
2 Install new bushes (1) making sure that they are inserted flush
with the bores in the lift housing.
3 1
D0024510
30-501
Removal
1 Fully lower the rear lift, disconnect the lead from the negative terminal of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove split pin (1).
IMPORTANT
F0107261
IMPORTANT
30-502
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-503
30.11.6 - Disassembly of the lift control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.11.1 - Lift - Complete a... - Page 30-490 - (R0.02.03) - (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Disassembly
1 Remove spring (1).
2 Remove split pin (2) and remove pivot pin (3) and roller (4).
● Renew the split pin every time it is disturbed.
3 Remove circlip (5), remove pin (6) and remove control levers
assembly (7).
6
5 7
F0083780
30-504
4 Remove the three screws (8) and remove lever support (9).
30-505
8 Remove piston (16) and spring (17) from remote control valve
body (11).
9 Remove spring (18) and spacer (19) from remote control valve
body (11).
30-506
12 Remove plug (24) and withdraw spring (25) and valve (26).
● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
14 Remove union (29) and remove valve (30), pin (31) and spring
(32) from remote control valve body (12).
● Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
30-507
Procedure 14
● Check that valve (30) is installed the right way round.
Check that valve (30) slides freely in its seat.
Pipe union: Loctite 542
Procedure 13
● Check that piston (28) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 12
● Hold ball “A” contained in valve (26) seated against rod (15), and
check that rod (15) protrusion relative to the face of body (11) is
within the specified limits (X = 15.8±0.05 mm).
Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 11
● Check that valve (23) slides freely.
Plug: Loctite 542
30-508
Procedure 10
● Check that spool (21) slides freely.
Procedure 8
● Check that piston (16) slides freely.
Procedure 7
● Check that rod (15) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 5
● While tightening screw (10), check that spool (21) slides freely
without sticking.
30-509
Procedure 2
● Take care to position roller (34) on the top of spool (21).
34
21
F0083841
30-510
Removal
1 Remove split pin (1) and withdraw pivot pin (2).
● Renew split pin (1) on reassembly.
F0096870
2 Remove screw (3), loosen screw (4) and remove draft sensor
assembly (5). 5
3 4
F0121170
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Nuts: 72±7 Nm (53.1±5.2 lb.ft.)
30-511
Disassembly
1 Remove screw (1) and the relative nut and remove plug (2).
2 Remove fork (3) and remove spring assembly (4) from sensor
body (5).
30-512
3 Remove nut (6), and remove spacer (7) and disc (8).
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Screw in nut (6) to take up the play in springs (9) and (12) but without preloading them.
Procedure 2
● Liberally grease spring assembly (4) and insert it in sensor body (5).
30-513
Removal
1 DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
3 Remove split pin (3) and remove pin (4) and washer (5).
● Always renew the split pin.
30-514
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 5
● Note which way round spacer (10) is installed.
Procedure 4
● Tighten nut (7) to the prescribed torque and, if necessary, tighten further to align the slots in nut (7) with the hole in the pin.
Nut: 150 Nm (110.5 lb.ft.)
30-515
30.12 - S0 - WHEELS
REMOVAL
1 DANGER
Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
2 Raise the tractor and position two stands “A” under the front
axle.
● Drive safety wedges “B” between the axle and the front
support.
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 3
● Screws: 350 Nm (258 lb.ft.)
30-516
Removal
1 Position a jack “A” under the rear gearbox casing.
● Position a jack “A” under the rear gearbox casing.
Raise the tractor sufficiently to eliminate the flexure of the tyre
wall.
3 Position a stand “B” under the rear axle housing and lower the
jack until the axle housing is resting on the stand.
Check that the stand is in exactly the correct position and then
remove the trolley jack.
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 2
● Nuts: 500 Nm (368.5 lb.ft)
30-517
Removal
1 Remove all the screws (1) except two.
2
F0121040
2 Sling towing hitch (2) to hoist and take up the slack in lifting 3
ropes.
Remove the last two screws (1) and remove the towing hitch
assembly.
6 5
4
F0121050
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 1
● Screws: 186.4±18 Nm (137.4±13.3 lb.ft.)
30-518
40.1 - INTRODUCTION
40-2
A B
2 E
1
1 Interruttore avviamento
42 X4
0.012.5957.4/10
D X4
19
0.012.5957.4/10
X4
0.012.5957.4/10
Fig.155
How to consult the table
The quickest way to determine the cause of a malfunction of a component (e.g. the starter motor) is to check all the
components in the system in which the component is incorporated. In this example, the problem is a malfunction of the
starter motor, which fails to start the engine.
● Find the starter motor in heading “Index by part description” and identify the system in which the component is incorporated.
The system is indicated in the “System” column and in this case is “2” (figure A).
● Consult heading “Starting” (figure B), where all system components are shown in the electrical diagram; these components
are accompanied by numbers that correspond to the key on the same page.
● Check all the components in the system, starting for example with switch “1”.
● In heading “Index by part description” (figure A) find the item “Start switch” and check in the column “Technical Descr’n” to see
if there is a technical description of the component (in this case it appears at no. 42 in the heading “component technical data”)
(figure C). Take note also of the name of the connector to which the component is connected (in this case “X4”).
Only if the position of the component is not known
Only if the position of the component is not known:
40-3
● In heading “Connector index” (figure D) find the name of the connector to which the component is connected (in this case
“X4”) and note down the wiring loom in which it is incorporated (in this case “0.012.5957.4”) and the type of connector (in this
case “19”).
● Find the wiring loom in chapter “Plans, wiring diagrams, connector positions” using the index at the beginning of the chapter.
● Find the name of the connector in the photos attached to the electrical diagrams and establish its position on the tractor using
the drawing (figure E)
● Using the data contained in the paragraph “Component technical data” (figure C) in position no. 42, check the operation of
the switch.
DANGER
In the electrical diagrams (figure F) are indicated the names of the connectors and the descriptions that are used in
all the tables of chapter 2.
DANGER
If the pinout of the connector is not known, look in paragraph “Connector layouts” (figure G) for the number found in
the column “Type” of paragraph “Connector index”.
introduction
This section of the workshop manual is intended as a practical guide to troubleshooting the tractor’s electrical and electronic systems.
The following pages provide the technician with all the necessary information regarding the tractor’s systems and components.
Due to the possible time difference between the introduction of technical modifications (in line with our policy of continuous product
improvement) and the corresponding amendment of our printed documentation, we are obliged to state that the data contained in this
document are subject to modification and as such are not binding.
Chapter “Components” shows the wiring diagrams for certain switches and buttons. The following symbols are used for ease of
interpretation:
40-4
Tab.27
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
Contact between pins CLOSED (stable switch position)
Indicator LED
Indicator lamp
Diode
General rules
The inspection, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair operations are essential to ensure that the tractor continues to operate
correctly over time and to prevent malfunctions and breakdowns. The scope of this paragraph is to describe repair procedures and
to help improve the quality of repairs.
40-5
Important
Take care not to bend the pins when cleaning them. Use dry oil-free compressed air.
Diagnostic instruments
For the correct diagnosis of any faults in the tractor’s electrical system, the following instruments are required:
● Digital multimeter with the following minimum characteristics:
40-6
❍ AC VOLT 0-600
❍ DC VOLT 0-600
❍ OHM 0-32M
❍ AC AMP 0-10
❍ DC AMP 0-10
● All Round Tester or computer with “PCTESTER” software installed
40-7
40-8
40-9
40-10
40-11
40-35 75 15
40-37
40-39
40-41
40-43 Pin 30 15 50 75 83
Pos
40-45
40-47 0
40-49
1
40-51
40-54 2
40-56
40-58
40-60
40-62
40-65
40-67
40-69
Differential lock control switch 2.7659.152.0/10 X15 40-62
40-12
8
2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Pin 1 2
Pos
40-43 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Pin 1 2
Pos
40-43 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
40-13
Pin 1 2
Pos
1
2
4
Pin 1 2
Pos
40-14
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 5 6
Pos
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1 2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6
Pos
Start enable switch (transmission in 2.7659.275.0/10 X68 40-27 Normally closed switch (NC) resistance
neutral) with contact closed 3.9 Ohm
Rh rear PTO control switch (on fender) 2.7659.177.0/20 X24 40-65 Resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2 with
button pressed: 3.9 Ohm
Upper worklights switch 2.7659.283.0/10 TOP 40-56
40-15
40-39 5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
40-41
5 1 7 18
Pin
40-43 Pos
1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pi n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Po s
Parking brake switch Not used X30A – Tractor other than 110hp
4WD engagement control switch Not used X66 40-62
1000 PTO engagement switch 2.7659.097.0 1 40-65
1
40-16
8
2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
40-17
40-18
40-19
40-20
40-21
40-22
40.2 - SYSTEMS
40-23
Connector positioning
Tab.31
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
GND1 GND4
– –
GND8 GND7
– –
GND5 GND3
– –
GND6
–
40-24
40-25
Connector positioning
Tab.32
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
GND8 GND7
– –
GND5 GND3
– –
GND6
–
GND4 GND1
– –
GND2
–
40-26
ST AR T CONSENT
1 0
GENERA TOR
2
PREHEA TING
H.D.COMAND
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
+12V(+30)
+12V(+30)
0.015.7021.4
+15
+15
-31
-31
W
75 83 15 50 30 87 85 86 30 14 8 15 21 20 15 13 24 3 2 1 3 14 6 1 2 3 4
GND4 GND8
FM4
40A
GND3
F6 F18 F17
10A
7.5
5A
G1 G4 A A A B B
G11
+30 4 8 1 5 14 6 A1 A8 D1 D1 A3
0.015.1983.4
60A
RL42B
RL42A
2
RL42 1
125A
D+
0.015.7023.4
B+
W
+30A +30B
GND2 1 2
0.014.9195.4 0.014.8806.4 0.016.2000.4 D0048360
0.016.2001.4
+50 +30C +30 GND1
X68
X 114
BATTE RY
40-27
40-28
(M24)
CHARGE AIR PRESSURE GND (M23)
WATER TEMPERA TURE (M8) GND
PICK-UP+ (M13)
PICK-UP- (M12)
2
GND SCREEN
HOLD LAMP
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
HOLD LAMP
GND COM
+12/30
+12/30
+5V 24
HOLD
GND
+15
+15
-31
75 83 15 50 30 1 2 17 13 8 14 15 21 1 4 2 1 4 2 2 1 14 15 17 18 20 23 24 25 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
GND4 GND8
0.015.7021.4
G10
11
10
F6 F17 F18
7.5
10A
5A
G1 A A B A A A A A A A A A A B A
G11
A5 B1 C4 B4 B5 B6 B7 C1 C2 C3 C4 C7 C8 C5 A4
0.015.7023.4
0.015.1983.4
60A
G25
5 8 9 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4 16 6 11 10 22 21 20
GND2
D0049090
0.014.8806.4 4
3
B48 2
1
+30 GND1
BATTE RY
04215653
1 2 2 1 1 2 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 1 3 2
freq
B1 B6 F30
t
40-29
40-30
40.2.4 - Diagnostics - Accessories - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
MX2
X4
X 11 MK3 MK4 5K 3K X6
1 0
X23 X22
2
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
+12/30
+12/30
ISO K
GND
ISO L
+15
+15
ISO
-31
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 10 11 14 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 13 8 14 15 21 1 2 3 4 10 13 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
GND3
0.015.7021.4
GND4
0.016.0373.4
G6
2
4
7.5A
7.5A
30A
30A
15A
30A
7.5
7.5
15A
10A
3A
5A
40A
G3 G1 G2 GND8 G8
1 2 1 2 3 6
X26
60A
60A
60A
G26 GND2
2 4 1 2 8 9 15 17
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.015.1418.4
+15
+30
+30
-31
-31
ISO 9141
GND7
+30 GND1
2 BATTE RY
X54
4
X92 3
1
F1 F2 F6
0.016.0865.4
1
X105 2
1
X104 2
G38
8 4
G33
2 2
1
1 1 X79
X 112
2
3
G34
2 2
4
1 1 X107
40-31
40-32
40.2.5 - Diagnostics - Accessories - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
MX2 X4
X 11 MK3 5K 3K X6
1 0
X23 X22
2
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
+12/30
+12/30
ISO K
GND
ISO L
+15
+15
ISO
-31
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 10 11 14 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 13 8 14 15 21 1 2 3 4 10 13 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
GND3
0.015.7021.4
GND4
0.016.0373.4
G6
6
4
7.5A
7.5A
40A
30A
15A
7.5
7.5
30A
15A
10A
5A
3A
G3 G1 G2 GND8 G8
1 2 1 2 3 6
X26
60A
60A
60A
G26 GND2
6 4 1 2 8 9 15 17
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.015.1418.4
+15
+30
+30
GND7
-31
-31
ISO 9141
7 +30 GND1
4
6
X54
BATTE RY
5
X92 1
F1 F2
3
2
8
1
X105 2
2
X85 1
G33
0.015.6272.4
2 2
1 1 X79
G34
2 2
1 1 X107
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4
- - 0.013.6327.4
+
X101 X93
D0049150
X104 X103
40-33
40-34
X4
X 11
PRESSURE
MK3
RESER VE LIGHT
1 0
2
FUEL LEVEL
ENGINE OIL
SER VICE
+12/30
+12/30
+58
+15
-31
-31
75 83 15 30 NC NO 85 86 30 13 8 21 4 5 6 19 14 15 21 8 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
0.015.7021.4
GND4 GND3
10A
5A
3A
G2 G1 G4 A A A B A A A
G11
12 7 9 11 A1 A8 D1 D1 D7 C6 A2
0.015.1983.4
60A
60A
0.015.7023.4
GND2
1 2 1 2 1 2 2 3 1 4
0.014.8806.4 t 0.016.2000.4 P
P P 0.016.2001.4
D0048370
X44 X47 X48 X69
+30 GND1
X65
BATTE RY
40-35
40-36
40.2.7 - Worklights - Version with standard cab without front lift (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
X2 X3 X4
X 11 MK1 MK3 MK4
1 0
2
75 83 15 50 30 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
0.015.7021.4
F15 F14 F 11 MF1 MU1 F16 MF2 F20
7.5A
15A
15A
15A
30A
30A
30A
3A
G6
0.016.0373.4
GND4
G3 G1 G2 G9 G5
7 6 11 12 7 8 4 1
0.015.1983.4
0.014.8107.4
0.016.0664.4
60A
60A
60A
G26 GND2 1 2 1 2
2
0.014.8806.4
04411923.4
04411923.4
G38
6
+30 GND1
X42 X36
5
2
1 BATTE RY
0.016.0866.4
G15 G18
3 1 1 3
F7 F8
0.015.1435.4
0.015.1435.4
0.016.0865.4
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
GND7
X51 X52
X86 X87
Fig.163 - Worklights
Key
● MK1 Relay
● MK3 Relay
● MK4 Relay
● X2 Low front worklights switch
● X3 Corner worklights switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X36 Rh front worklight (on hood)
● X42 Front Lh worklight (on hood)
● X51 Rh auxiliary worklight
● X52 Lh auxiliary worklight
● X80 Rh front worklight (on cab roof)
● X86 Rear worklights switch
● X87 Front worklights switch
● X96 Rh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X100 Lh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X106 Lh front worklight (on cab roof)
40-37
40-38
40.2.8 - Worklights - Version with standard cab with front lift (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
X3 X4
X 11 MK1 MK3 MK4
1 0
2
75 83 15 50 30 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
0.015.7021.4
F14 F 11 MF1 MU1 F16 MF2 F20
7.5A
30A
15A
15A
30A
30A
3A
G6
0.016.0373.4
GND4
G3 G1 G2 G9
7 6 11 12
0.015.1983.4
0.014.8107.4
60A
60A
60A
G26 GND2 1 2 1 2
2
0.014.8806.4
G38
6 X42 X36
+30 GND1
5
2
1 BATTE RY
0.016.0866.4
F7 F8
0.016.0865.4
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
GND7
X86 X87
Fig.164 - Worklights
Key
● MK1 Relay
● MK3 Relay
● MK4 Relay
● X3 Corner worklights switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X36 Rh front worklight (on hood)
● X42 Front Lh worklight (on hood)
● X80 Rh front worklight (on cab roof)
● X86 Rear worklights switch
● X87 Front worklights switch
● X96 Rh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X100 Lh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X106 Lh front worklight (on cab roof)
40-39
40-40
40.2.9 - Worklights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
X2 X3 X4
X 11 MK1 MK3 MK4
1 0
2
75 83 15 50 30 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
0.015.7021.4
F15 F14 F 11 MF1 MU1 F16 MF2 F20
7.5A
15A
15A
15A
30A
30A
30A
3A
G6
0.016.0373.4
6
2
GND4
G3 G1 G2 G9 G5
7 6 11 12 7 8 4 1
0.015.1983.4
0.014.8107.4
0.016.0664.4
60A
60A
60A
G26 GND2
2 6 1 2 1 2
0.014.8806.4
04411923.4
04411923.4
X42 X36
+30 GND1
BATTE RY
G15 G18
3 1 1 3
F7 F8
0.015.1435.4
0.015.1435.4
0.015.6272.4
GND7 2 1 1 2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
Fig.165 - Worklights
Key
● MK1 Relay
● MK3 Relay
● MK4 Relay
● X2 Low front worklights switch
● X3 Corner worklights switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X36 Rh front worklight (on hood)
● X42 Front Lh worklight (on hood)
● X51 Rh auxiliary worklight
● X52 Lh auxiliary worklight
● X80 Rh front worklight (on cab roof)
● X86 Rear worklights switch
● X87 Front worklights switch
● X96 Rh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X100 Lh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X106 Lh front worklight (on cab roof)
40-41
40-42
40.2.10 - Worklights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
X3 X4
X 11 MK1 MK3 MK4
1 0
2
75 83 15 50 30 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
0.015.7021.4
F14 F 11 MF1 MU1 F16 MF2 F20
15A
15A
7.5A
30A
30A
3A
30A
G6
0.016.0373.4
6
2
GND4
G3 G1 G2 G9
7 6 11 12
0.015.1983.4
0.014.8107.4
60A
60A
60A
G26 GND2 1 2 1 2
2 6
0.014.8806.4
X42 X36
+30 GND1
BATTE RY
F7 F8
0.015.6272.4
GND7
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
Fig.166 - Worklights
Key
● MK1 Relay
● MK3 Relay
● MK4 Relay
● X3 Corner worklights switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X36 Rh front worklight (on hood)
● X42 Front Lh worklight (on hood)
● X80 Rh front worklight (on cab roof)
● X86 Rear worklights switch
● X87 Front worklights switch
● X96 Rh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X100 Lh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X106 Lh front worklight (on cab roof)
40-43
40-44
40.2.11 - Heater - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
X 11 MK3 MK6
1 0
2
0.016.0373.4
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
GND4
F16 MU1 F 11
30A
15A
3A
G7
1
G1 G2 G3
60A
60A
60A
G28 GND2
0.010.2147.2
BATTE RY
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2
I II III IV C
Fig.167 - Heater
Key
● MK3 Relay
● MK6 Relay
● X11 Starter switch
● X115 Fan
● X116 Resistor
● X117 Fan speed selector switch
40-45
40-46
40.2.12 - Heater - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
0.015.6272.4 0.016.0373.4
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 87 85 86 30
GND4
30A
30A
20A
15A
3A
87b
87
RL51 86
85 G28 G7
30 1
2
30 G1 G2 G3
85
RL52 86
87
87b
G32 G30
60A
60A
60A
A B A B
4
3
X102 2
1 G27
GND7 GND2
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.015.7021.4
C
IV
III
II
I
M M
D0049410
X99 X91 X97 +30 GND1
X84
BATTE RY
Fig.168 - Heater
Key
● MK3 Relay
● MK6 Relay
● PK2 Relay
● RL51 Max. fan speed relay
● RL52 3rd fan speed relay
● X11 Starter switch
● X84 Fan speed selector switch
● X91 Rh resistor
● X97 Lh fan
● X99 Rh fan
● X102 Lh resistor
40-47
40-48
40.2.13 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
X 11 MK3 MK6
1 0
2
0.016.0373.4
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
GND4
G6
4
1
F1 MF5 F16 MU1 MU6 F 11
10A
40A
30A
20A
15A
3A
0.015.7021.4
G7
1
G1 G2 G3 G4
13
60A
60A
60A
G26 G28 GND2
1 4 1
1
2 BATTE RY
3
4
30 86 85 87 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2
I II III IV C
t F3
M
0.009.7853.3
2
1
GND7
2 1 30 86 85 87 87a 1 2 3 1
D0048910 0.016.0865.4
M
X108
RL55 X109 X 113
40-49
40-50
40.2.14 - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
X4
PK2 X 11 MK3 MK6
1 0
2
0.016.0373.4 87 85 86 30 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
GND4
G6
4
1
FM3 F1 MF5 F16 MU1 MU6 F 11 F20
6
30A
10A
40A
30A
20A
15A
7.5A
3A
0.015.7021.4
G7
2
1
G1 G2 G3 G4
13
60A
60A
60A
G26 G27 G28 GND2
1 4 6 1
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.016.2000.4
0.015.6272.4
0.016.2001.4
+30 GND1
X46
BATTE RY
87b
87 G31
RL50 86
85
F3 8
7
30 6
5
4
87b 3
87 2
RL51 86 1
85
30
30
85
RL52 86
87
87b
2
X81 1
0.015.7266.4
G32 G30
A B A B
4
3
X102 2
1
GND7
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 2 1 1 2 3 4 B A 4 2 6 8 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
C
IV
III
II
D0048930
I
M M M M
t
40-51
X4
PK2 X 11 MK3 MK6
1 0
2
0.016.0373.4 87 85 86 30 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
GND4
G6
4
1
FM3 F1 MF5 F16 MU1 MU6 F 11 F20
6
30A
10A
40A
30A
20A
15A
7.5A
3A
0.015.7021.4
G7
2
1
G1 G2 G3 G4
13
60A
60A
60A
G26 G27 G28 GND2
1 4 6 1
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.016.2000.4
0.015.6272.4
0.016.2001.4
+30 GND1
X46
BATTE RY
87b
87 G31
RL50 86
85
F3 8
7
30 6
5
4
87b 3
87 2
RL51 86 1
85
30
30
85
RL52 86
87
87b
2
X81 1
0.015.7266.4
G32 G30
A B A B
4
3
X102 2
1
GND7
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 2 1 1 2 3 4 B A 4 2 6 8 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
C
IV
III
II
D0048930
I
M M M M
t
40-52
40-53
40.2.15 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
5K 3K
TOR 1??TRAILER
TOR 2??TRAILER
X4 X8
X 11 X1 X12
TOR
MK3 X34 X25
X32 X33
DIRECTION INDICA
DIRECTION INDICA
DIRECTION INDICA
1 0
POSITION BEAM
2
FULL BEAM
RIGHT
LEFT
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
54
58
31
54
58
31
49a
C3
C2
31
49
F
C
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 13 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 21 1 6 5 3 2 4 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5 1 2 1 2 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
GND4 GND8
0.015.7021.4
7.5A
7.5A
10A
30A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
3A
5A
G1 G2 G9 G5 G11
1 2 5 3 4 10 8 9 13 14 4 1 5 2 7 1 4 6 5 2 3 B B A A A
B5 D8 D2 D5 D3
0.015.7023.4
0.015.1983.4
0.016.0664.4
TOP
60A
0.014.8107.4
3 4 3 4 1 3 4 7 5
04411923.4
04411923.4
GND2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 X64
0.014.8806.4
D0049240
+30 GND1
X41 X37 X38 X40 X39 1 2 3 1 2 3
-31
F.D.
-31
F.S.
58
58
BATTE RY
X49 X50
40-54
40-55
40.2.16 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
5K 3K
TOR 1??TRAILER
TOR 2??TRAILER
X4 X8
X 11 X1 X12
TOR
MK3 X34 X25
X32 X33
DIRECTION INDICA
DIRECTION INDICA
DIRECTION INDICA
1 0
POSITION BEAM
2
FULL BEAM
RIGHT
LEFT
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
54
58
31
54
58
31
49a
C3
C2
F
31
49
C
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 13 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 21 1 6 5 3 2 4 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5 1 2 1 2 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
GND4 GND8
0.015.7021.4
20A
7.5A
7.5A
10A
30A
20A
15A
15A
15A
3A
5A
G1 G2 G9 G5 G11
1 2 5 3 4 10 8 9 13 14 4 1 5 2 7 8 6 3 1 4 6 5 8 7 10 9 2 3 B B A A A
B5 D8 D2 D5 D3
0.015.7023.4
0.015.1983.4
0.016.0664.4
TOP
60A
0.014.8107.4
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 3 4 7 5
04411923.4
04411923.4
GND2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 X64
0.014.8806.4
D0049080
+30 GND1
X41 X37 X38 X40 X39 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
-31
1 2 3 1 2 3 4
F.D.
-31
F.S.
58
58
BATTE RY
40-56
40-57
40.2.17 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
X 11 MK4 MK3
2
1 0
X29 X28
M M
0.016.0373.4 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 2 1
GND4
GND8
30A
30A
15A
3A
G6
2
X94 X89 3
5
G1 G3 G2
31 T I 53M 53S 15 2 7 5 8 6 3
G26
2
3
5
60A
60A
60A
0.016.0866.4
0.015.6123.4
GND2
0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.015.7021.4
+30 GND1
G39 G38
2 2 3 BATTE RY
X95 M
1 1 7
F5 F6
G29
53 3 2
31 2 6
X 111 31b 4 1
53a 1 3
GND7
3 7 8 6 4 1 2
0.010.4516.3 0.016.0865.4
D0048380
X88
X90
40-58
40-59
40.2.18 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
X89 X4
X94 X 11 MK4 MK3
2
1 0
X29 X28
M M
0.015.6272.4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7
0.016.0373.4
31 T I 53M 53S 15 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 2 1 2 1
GND4
GND8
30A
30A
75A
15A
3A
G26 G6
2 2
3 3
5 5
6 6
2
G1 G3 G2
X95 M
1
F6 F5
G29
53 3 2
31 2 4
X 111 31b 4 1
60A
60A
60A
53a 1 3
GND7 GND2
6 5 1 3 2 8 7 2 3 8 7
0.011.3597.3 0.015.1983.4 0.014.8806.4 0.015.7021.4
D0048460
+30 GND1
40-60
40-61
OBSTRUCTION
DIFFERENTIAL
+12/30
+12/30
SEA T
HI-LO
+12V
GND
GND
14 13 18 22 8 14 15 17 18 1 21 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 4 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 7 8 2 1 3 5 4 6 7 8 2 3
GND4
0.015.7021.4
G10
2 3 12 7 5 9
7.5A
7.5A
15A
30A
30A
10A
7.5
3A
5A
X27
3
2 F
G1 G2 G8 B B A A A A A B A A A B
G11 GND3
1 2 3 7 8 9 10 11 C8 B1 B3 A7 B2 C5 A6 A2 A2 A1 D1 D1 1 2 3 4
0.015.1983.4
G24
1 CF1
2
X7
60A
60A
0.015.7023.4
1
X66 2
3
0.014.8806.4
1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2
freq.
X67 P
1
0.015.1998.4
7
BATTE RY 6
5
4
3
2
1
1 2 4 5 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 1 4 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2
pos freq freq
+30
+30
-31
-31
EV PROP +
EV PROP -
+5V
+15V
OIL TEMPERA TURE
SEA T SENSOR
COMFOR T CLUTCH
WHEEL SPEED
DIG . CLUTCH S.
CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL
PRESS. SWITCH
P P
EV REVERSE +
EV REVERSE -
t
EV ON-OFF FRONT
REVERSE SPEED SENSOR
X54
Fig.175 - Transmission
Key
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● CF1 Connector configuration
● MK1 Relay
● MK2 Relay
● MK3 Relay
● MK5 Relay
● X4 Road lights switch
● X7 Clutch pedal switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X14 4WD switch
● X15 Differential lock control switch
● X20 Main gear lever - Hi/Lo buttons and clutch button
● X27 Operator present sensor
● X54 Shuttle lever
● X55 Clutch pedal position sensor
● X56 Engine speed sensor
● X57 Shuttle sensor
● X58 Oil temperature sensor
40-62
5K 3K X4 X14 X15
X 11 MK5 MK3 MK1 MK2 X20
DOUBLE TRACTION
0
21
WHEEL SPEED
OBSTRUCTION
DIFFERENTIAL
+12/30
+12/30
SEA T
HI-LO
+12V
GND
GND
14 13 18 22 8 14 15 17 18 1 21 75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 4 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 7 8 2 1 3 5 4 6 7 8 2 3
GND4
0.015.7021.4
G10
2 3 12 7 5 9
7.5A
7.5A
15A
30A
30A
10A
7.5
3A
5A
X27
3
2 F
G1 G2 G8 B B A A A A A B A A A B
G11 GND3
1 2 3 7 8 9 10 11 C8 B1 B3 A7 B2 C5 A6 A2 A2 A1 D1 D1 1 2 3 4
0.015.1983.4
G24
1 CF1
2
X7
60A
60A
0.015.7023.4
1
X66 2
3
0.014.8806.4
1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2
freq.
X67 P
1
0.015.1998.4
7
BATTE RY 6
5
4
3
2
1
1 2 4 5 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 1 4 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2
pos freq freq
+30
+30
-31
-31
EV PROP +
EV PROP -
+5V
+15V
OIL TEMPERA TURE
SEA T SENSOR
COMFOR T CLUTCH
WHEEL SPEED
DIG . CLUTCH S.
CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL
PRESS. SWITCH
P P
EV REVERSE +
EV REVERSE -
t
EV ON-OFF FRONT
REVERSE SPEED SENSOR
X54
Fig.175 - Transmission
●
X59 Clutch oil pressure switch
● X60 Forward gear selection solenoid valve
● X61 Reverse gear selection solenoid valve
● X62 Solenoid operated proportional valve
● X63 PALL filter clogging sensor
● X66 4WD engagement control switch
● X67 Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch
● X70 4WD control solenoid valve
● X71 Hi/Lo gear control solenoid valve
● X72 Differential lock control solenoid valve
● X74 Wheel speed sensor
40-63
40-64
X4 X17 X16
X 11 MK3
FRONT PT O SWITCH
REAR PT O SWITCH
1 0 X24
FRONT PT O LED
FRONT PT O EV
REAR PT O LED
2
REAR PT O EV
PT O SYNCRO
FRONT PT O
REAR PT O
PT O 1000
PT O ECO
PT O 540
+12/30
+12/30
GND
+12V
+15
GND
GND
D+
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 9 2 17 6 1 15 14 7 12 13 16 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 21 24 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 2 1
0.015.7021.4
GND4 GND3
G10
2
4
1
3
F6 F 11 F17 F16 MU1 F20
7.5A
15A
30A
10A
3A
5A
GND8
G1 G2 G4 G11
2 9 8 B A B A A A B
C3 B3 A4 A8 A1 D1 D1
0.015.1983.4
60A
60A
0.016.2000.4
0.016.2001.4
GND2 G35
+30B 2 1 9 2 1 2 3 2 3 4 1 4 1 1 2
0.014.8806.4 0.015.7023.4
D0048780
X73 ECO S X35
+30 GND1
2 1 D+ B+ 1 5
BATTE RY
X43
0.008.0913.3
Fig.176 - PTO
Key
● 1 1000 PTO engagement switch
● 5 540 PTO engagement switch
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● B+ Alternator (B+)
● D+ Alternator (D+)
● ECO PTO engagement switch
● MK3 Relay
● PTO ECU Rear PTO ECU
● S SYNCRO PTO switch
● X4 Road lights switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X16 Rear PTO control switch
● X17 Front PTO control switch
● X24 Rh rear PTO control switch (on fender)
● X35 Lh rear PTO control switch (on fender)
● X43 Front PTO control solenoid valve
● X73 Rear PTO control solenoid valve
40-65
40-66
CAN RES
+12/30
+12/30
CAN H
CAN L
+12V
GND
GND
0.015.7021.4 75 83 15 50 30 13 4 3 2 8 14 15 21
GND4
4
3
2 X5
1
12 CAN H.
13 CAN L.
14
2
+15
-31 ELECTR.
MX2
F6 F7 F17 F18 1 -31 ELECTR.
7.5A
7.5
10A
5A
GND8
G1 G8
1 2 3 4 5
0.015.1983.4
60A
0.015.1418.4
GND2
1 2 3 4 1 2 8 9 10 11 15
0.014.8806.4
+15
+30
+30
-31
-31
CAN H
CAN L
D0048670
+30 GND1
X53
X54
BATTE RY
40-67
40-68
75 83 15 50 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 - + G 1 2 3 4 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2
GND3
0.015.7021.4
GND4
7.5A
30A
30A
15A
15A
5A
3A
10A
GND8
G1 G2 G11 G4 13 GND
5K
B A A A A B B A A
A5 D6 A8 A1 D1 D1 D8 D4 B8 9 10
8 GND
0.015.1983.4
7 BRAKES OI L LEVEL
12 TRAILER PRESSURE
14 +12V
3K
60A
60A
15 +12/30
21 +12/30
22 HAND BRAKE
0.014.1645.4
0.015.7023.4
X77
GND2 G22
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
0.014.8806.4 P 0.016.2000.4 L P
0.016.2001.4
0.016.1001.4
D0048520
+30 GND1
X64 X76 X45 X31 X30
BATTE RY
1 2
X78
Fig.178 - Brakes
Key
● 3K Instrument panel (connector 3K)
● 5K Instrument panel (connector 5K)
● MK1 Relay
● MK3 Relay
● MK5 Relay
● X4 Road lights switch
● X9 Trailer pressure indicator
● X10 Brake pedal switch
● X11 Starter switch
● X25 Rh rear light
● X30 Park Brake switch
● X31 Park Brake pressure switch
● X34 Lh rear light
● X45 Brake fluid level sensor
● X64 Trailer socket
● X76 Hydraulic trailer braking valve pressure switch
● X77 Compressed air pressure sensor
● X78 Trailer parking brake solenoid valve
40-69
40-70
40-71
View of wiring
GND1
+30C
+30
+30A
GND2 +30B
D0049560
40-72
Connector positioning
Tab.33
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
+30B GND1
– –
+30A
–
+30
–
+30C
40-27
40-73
View of wiring
+30C
GND2
+30
+30A
GND1 +30B
D0049570
Connector positioning
Tab.34
40-74
–
GND1
+30A
–
GND1
–
GND2
– F0123201
View of wiring
GND5
GND6
D0049580
40-75
0.014.8806.4/20
● See para. 40.3.1 - Battery wiring - 0... - Page 40-71
Connector positioning
Tab.35
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
GND5 GND6
– –
40-76
40-77
40.3.4 - Positions of power supply wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
G3
G2
G1
G3
G2
G1
+30C
+30C
D0049460
40-78
Connector positioning
Tab.36
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
+30C G1
40-27 –
G2
–
G3
–
40-79
40-80
View of wiring
X114
RL42B
RL42A
+30A
D0049610
40-81
Connector positioning
Tab.37
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
RL42A X114
40-27 40-27
RL42B
40-27
+30A
–
40-82
View of wiring
X114
+30A
RL42A
RL42B
D0049620
Connector positioning
Tab.38
40-83
RL42A
RL42B
F0123202
40-84
40-85
40.3.8 - Positions of hood lights wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
G9
X38
X40
X37
X41
X36
X39
X42
D0049550
40-86
Connector positioning
Tab.39
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G9 X37
– 40-54
40-56
X38
40-54
40-56
X39
40-54
40-56
X40 X36
40-54 40-37
40-56 40-39
X41 40-41
40-54 40-43
40-56
X42
40-37
40-39
40-41
40-43
40-87
40.3.9 - Engine wiring - Version with front battery - 0.016.2000.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
40-88
40-89
40.3.10 - Positions of engine wiring connectors - version with front battery (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
X45 G4
RL42
+50
W
D+
B+
X44
+30B
G35
D0049590
40-90
X48
X46
X47
D0049600
40-91
Connector positioning
Tab.40
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
RL42 +30B
40-27 –
X44 X47
40-35 40-35
X46 X48
40-49 40-35
40-51
X45 G4
40-69 –
40-92
40-93
40.3.11 - Engine wiring - Version with lateral battery - 0.016.2001.4 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
40-94
40-95
40.3.12 - Positions of engine wiring connectors - version with lateral battery (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
X45 G4
A
C B
+50
W
D+
B+
D+
X44
G35
D0049530
40-96
A
X48
B
C
X46
+30B
X47
RL42
D0049540
Connector positioning
Tab.41
40-97
+30B X47
– 40-35
RL42
40-27
X46 X48
40-49 40-35
40-51
X45 G4
40-69 –
40-98
40-99
40-100
View of wiring
B43
B6 B48
G25
F30
B37
Y3
B1
B40
D0046691
Connector positioning
Tab.42
40-101
40-102
40.3.15 - Front PTO solenoid valve wiring - 0.008.0913.3 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-103
40-104
40-105
40-106
40-107
40-108
View of wiring
PK1
PK2
MK1 A
MK4
MK2
MK5 MK6 MK3
G8 G6 3K G7
G9
5K GND4 X10
G5
X9
CF1
G4
X1
X11
X6
X12
X8
G1
A X3
X19
G2 X7 X2
G3
X4
X5 TOP
B
D0049490
40-109
X17
X16
X18
X15
GND3 X21 X25
X14
X24
X13
X20 PTO ECU
G10
B X26
GND8
X30 X27
X22
G11
X28 X23
MX1
X31 MX2
X29
GND8 1
5
X35 X32
X34
X33
D0049500
Connector positioning
Tab.43
40-110
X1 X13
40-54 –
40-56 X14
40-62
X15
40-62
X16
40-65
X17 X22
40-65 40-31
X18 40-33
40-29 X23
40-31
40-33
G10
–
40-111
MX1 1
40-27 40-65
40-29 5
X27 40-65
40-62
X30 GND8
40-69 –
X31
40-69
GND8
–
MK1 MK4
40-37 40-31
40-39 40-37
40-41 40-39
40-43 40-41
40-62 40-43
40-69 40-58
PK1 40-60
40-27 MK2
40-62
40-112
MK3 MK3
40-31 40-49
40-33 40-51
40-35 40-54
40-37 40-56
40-39 40-58
40-41 40-60
40-43 40-62
40-45 40-65
40-47 40-69
X11 X11
40-27 40-45
40-29 40-47
40-31 40-49
40-33 40-51
40-35 40-54
40-37 40-56
40-39 40-58
40-41 40-60
40-43 40-62
X11 X12
40-65 40-54
40-67 40-56
40-69 X2
40-37
40-41
40-113
X24 CF1
40-65 40-62
X25 3K
40-54 40-27
40-56 40-29
40-69 40-31
40-33
40-35
40-54
40-56
40-114
X32
40-54
40-56
X33
40-54
40-56
40-115
40-116
40-117
View of wiring
X64
G22
ECO
G22
ECO
A
S
G23
X76
G20
X65
X67
G23
S
X66 X67
G20
X65
X66
D0049470
40-118
G11
G24
A G25
X68
G21
X75
X70
X74
X73
X72
X69 X71
D0049480
40-119
Connector positioning
Tab.44
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G11 X70
– 40-62
X71
40-62
X72
40-62
X73
40-65
X69
40-35
X74 X68
40-62 40-27
G24
–
X75 X65
– 40-35
G21
–
X76 X64
40-69 40-54
G22 40-56
– 40-69
ECO
40-65
40-120
40-121
40-122
40.3.21 - Positions of drivetrain shuttle lever wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
View of wiring
G20
G19
X63
X61
X62
X60
X59
X58
X57
X56
D0049350
40-123
Connector positioning
Tab.45
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G20 X63
– 40-62
X58 X56
40-62 40-62
X59 X57
40-62 40-62
X60
40-62
X61
40-62
X62
40-62
40-124
40-125
40-126
40.3.23 - Positions of cab shuttle lever wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
X53
G19
G8
X54
G8
X53
X55
G19
X54
X55
D0049450
Connector positioning
Tab.46
40-127
G19 X54
– 40-31
40-33
40-62
40-67
40-128
40.3.24 - Cab power supply wiring - 0.016.0373.4/20 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-129
40.3.25 - Positions of cab power supply wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
G26
G27
G28
G7
G6
D0049320
40-130
Connector positioning
Tab.47
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G6 G26
– –
G7 G27
– –
G28
–
40-131
40.3.26 - Cab roof wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.016.0865.4/10 (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
40-132
40-133
40-134
40.3.27 - Positions of cab roof wiring connectors - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
X90 X94
G37
X89 GND7 G36
G31
X112
X104
G29 G38
X105
X87
G26
X92
X88
X86
G28
D0049420
Connector positioning
Tab.48
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G26 – G28 –
– –
G29 – G31 –
– –
G36 – G37 –
– –
G38 – GND7 –
– –
40-135
40-136
40.3.28 - Cab roof wiring - Version with high-visibility cab - 0.015.6272.4/40 (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
40-137
40-138
● X99 Rh fan
● X100 Lh rear worklight (on cab roof)
● X101 Lh loudspeaker
● X102 Lh resistor
● X103 Radio (speakers)
● X104 Radio (power supply)
● X105 Cab courtesy light
● X106 Lh front worklight (on cab roof)
40-139
40.3.29 - Positions of cab roof wiring connectors - Version with high-visibility cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
RL50 RL52
X93 X97
X91 X96
RL51
X94
X90 G31
X92
X83 X95
X89
X93
X82
X84 X100
X80 X81
G32
G33
G28
X104
X103
X105
X106
G34
D0049260
Fig.220 - Positions of cab roof wiring connectors - Tractor with high-visibility cab
0.015.6272.4/40
● See para. 40.3.28 - Cab roof wiring -... - Page 40-137
40-140
Connector positioning
Tab.49
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X105 X103
40-33 40-33
X104
40-33
X101 X100
40-33 40-41
40-43
G32
–
X98 X97
40-33 40-47
40-51
X99 G33
40-47 –
40-51
40-141
X80 GND7
40-41 –
40-43
X85 X87
40-33 40-41
X88 40-43
40-60 X86
X92 40-41
40-33 40-43
X89
40-60
X90
40-60
X81 X96
40-51 40-54
X82 40-54
40-51 G30
X83 –
40-51
X84
40-51
40-142
40-143
40.3.30 - Heater wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.010.2147.2 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
40-144
40.3.31 - Positions of heating system wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
X115
X116
G36
X117
D0040341
Connector positioning
Tab.50
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X115
40-45
X116
40-45
40-145
40.3.32 - Air conditioning wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.010.2153.2 (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
40-146
40.3.33 - Positions of air conditioner wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
X115
G37
X116
G36
X118
RL53
X117
D0040371
Connector positioning
Tab.51
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X115 X117
40-49 40-49
X116 X118
40-49 40-49
40-147
40.3.34 - Air conditioning condenser fan wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.009.7853.3/20
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-148
40.3.35 - Positions of air conditioning condenser fan wiring connectors - Version with
standard cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
X108
X109
X113
G31
RL55
D0049390
Connector positioning
Tab.52
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G31 – RL55 –
– 40-49
X108 – X109 –
40-49 40-49
40-149
40.3.36 - Air conditioning condenser fan wiring - Version with high-visibility cab -
0.015.7266.4/30 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-150
40.3.37 - Positions of air conditioning condenser fan wiring connectors - Version with
high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
RL55 G31
RL54
X108
X109
X109
D0049330
Connector positioning
Tab.53
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
RL54 G31
40-51 –
RL55
40-51
40-151
40-152
40-153
40-154
40.3.39 - Positions of front/rear worklight wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
X96
G39
X100
G34 X80
G38
X106
G33
D0049400
Connector positioning
Tab.54
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X80 – X96 –
40-37 40-37
40-39 40-39
X100 – X106 –
40-37 40-37
40-39 40-39
G33 – G34 –
– –
40-155
40.3.40 - Front lights wiring - Version with cab - 0.016.0664.4 (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-156
40.3.41 - Positions of front light wiring connectors - Version with cab (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
View of wiring
G13
G5
G14
G16
G17
D0049300
40-157
Connector positioning
Tab.55
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G5
–
40-158
40.3.42 - Lower front lights wiring - Version with cab - 044119234 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
40-159
40.3.43 - Positions of lower front light wiring connectors - Version with cab (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
G13
G14
X50
G15 G16
G17
X50
G18
D0049290
40-160
40-161
40-162
40.3.45 - Positions of auxiliary worklight wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
X51
G15
X52
G18
D0049430
Connector positioning
Tab.57
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X51 – X52 –
40-37 40-37
40-163
40-164
View of wiring
X51
G15 X52
G18
D0049280
40-165
Connector positioning
Tab.58
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X51 G15
40-41 –
X52 G18
40-41 –
40-166
40.3.48 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.010.4516.3 (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
40-167
40.3.49 - Positions of windscreen wiper wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
G29
X111
D0049440
Connector positioning
Tab.59
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
X111 – G29 –
40-58 –
40-168
40-169
View of wiring
G29
X111
D0049340
40-170
Connector positioning
Tab.60
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G29 X111
– 40-60
40-171
40.3.52 - Rear wiper wiring - Version with standard cab - 0.015.6123.4 (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
40-172
40.3.53 - Positions of rear wiper wiring connectors - Version with standard cab
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
G39
X95
D0049380
Connector positioning
Tab.61
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G39 – X95 –
– 40-58
40-173
40-174
40.3.55 - Positions of rotating beacon wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
View of wiring
X79
G33
G16 X107
D0049310
40-175
Connector positioning
Tab.62
40-176
40.3.56 - Hydraulic trailer braking valve wiring - 0.016.1001.4/20 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
40-177
40.3.57 - Positions of hydraulic trailer braking valve wiring connectors (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
View of wiring
X78
G22
D0049360
Connector positioning
Tab.63
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G22 – X78 –
– 40-69
40-178
40.3.58 - Compressed air pressure sensor wiring - 0.014.1645.4/10 (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
40-179
View of wiring
G23
X77
G23
X77
D0049370
40-180
Connector positioning
Tab.64
CON- CONNECTOR POSITION CON- CONNECTOR POSITION
NEC- NEC-
TOR/ TOR/
SYSTEM SYSTEM
G23 – X77 –
– 40-69
40-181
40-182